You are on page 1of 100

Table_of_Contents_Tab06.

qxd 04/02/2004 17:07 Page 6-1

Solid-State Motor Control


Section Overview

SMC-Flex™ Smart Motor Controller


• 108…480 A Ratings • Motor Protection
• Seven Standard Start Modes • Metering
• Options Include Pump Control • Built-In Overload and Run
and Braking Control Contactor
• Network Communication • CT on Each Phase
• Keypad Programming Page 6-7

SMC-3™ Smart Motor Controller


• 3…85 A Range
• Soft Start
• Current Limit Start
• Selectable Kick Start
• Selectable Soft Stop
• Built-In Overload and Run Contactor
• CT on Each Phase Page 6-19

SMC-Delta™ Smart Motor Controller


• 3…147 A Range
• Current Limit Start
• Built-In Overload and Run Contactor
• CT on Each Phase Page 6-27

STC™ Starting Torque Controller


• 11…22 A Ratings
• Reduces Starting Torque Surge
• Feed-Through Wiring
• Single- and 3-Phase Page 6-33

SMC-2™ Smart Motor Controller


• 5…97 A Ratings
• Three Starting Modes
• Optional Soft Stop Feature Page 6-36

SMC Plus™ Smart Motor Controller


• 24…1000 A Ratings
• Three Starting Modes
• Six Optional Features Page 6-45

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-1


Table_of_Contents_Tab06.qxd 04/02/2004 17:07 Page 6-2

Solid-State Motor Control


Section Overview, Continued

SMC Dialog Plus™ Smart Motor Controller


• 24…1000 A Ratings
• Four Starting Modes
• Six Options
• Motor Protection
• Network Communication
• Keypad Programming Page 6-53

SMC 150DP™ Smart Motor Controller


• 52…168 A Ratings
• 2 Start Modes
• Optional 1/2 Second Off-Delay (Hydraulic Valve Closure)
• For use on Wye-Delta (6 Lead) Motors Only Web/CD
NOTE: Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls
Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls
Catalog web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

SMC 150YD™ Smart Motor Controller


• 52…168 A Ratings
• 2 Start Modes
• Soft Stop
• For use on Wye-Delta (6 Lead) Motors Only Web/CD
NOTE: Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls
Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls
Catalog web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

MV SMC Dialog Plus™ Smart Motor Controller


• 2400…4160V
• 200…400 A Rating
• Retrofit and Combination Controllers Web/CD
NOTE: Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls
Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls
Catalog web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

6-2 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Table_of_Contents_Tab06.qxd 04/02/2004 17:07 Page 6-3

Solid-State Motor Control


Section Overview, Continued

Solid State Contactors


• Compact modular design complete with heatsink
• Available in single-phase, dual-phase or three-phase
version
• Operational current up to 50 A (AC-1), 15 A (AC-3)
• Line voltage up to 600V AC
• Universal control voltage Page 6-71

ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller


• Full-Voltage and Reversing
• Horsepower Range 0.5…10 Hp (0.25…7.5 kW)
• Robust IP67/NEMA Type 4 enclosure rating
• Modular Plug and Play Design
• 4 Inputs and 2 Outputs Page 6-76

IEC Distributed Starters™


• Bulletin 190D
• Bulletin 191D
• Bulletin 160D Page 6-83

Modular DSA™ I/O for Distributed Starters


• Bulletin 198 Web/CD

NOTE: Information for this product line is available on the Industrial


Controls Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the
Industrial Controls Catalog web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

DSA™ I/O for Distributed Starters


• Bulletin 100
NOTE: Information for this product line is available on the Industrial
Controls Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the
Industrial Controls Catalog web site www.ab.com/catalogs.
Page 6-98

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-3


Bulletin_150_Overview.qxd 04/02/2004 17:13 Page 6-4

Bulletin 150
Reduced Voltage Starters
Section Overview

Bulletin 150 — Reduced Voltage Starters Approvals


Description CE Marked (Open Type) Per
The Allen-Bradley SMC Smart Motor Controller product line offers a Low Voltage Directive
broad range of products for starting and stopping standard 3-phase 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC
squirrel-cage induction motors and wye-delta motors. CSA Certified (Open Type) (File
No. LR 1234)
UL Listed (Open Type) (File
No. E96956)

SMC Flex SMC-3 SMC-Delta SMC-2 SMC Plus SMC Dialog


Controller Controller Controller STC Controller Controller Controller Plus Controller
200…600V 200…600V 200…600V 100…240V 200…600V 200…600V 200…600V 200…600V
Features 54…480 A 1…85 A 1…147 A 1Ø, 1…22 A 3Ø, 1…22 A 1…97 A 1…1000 A 1…1000 A
Soft Start S S — S S S S S
Kickstart S S — — — — S S
Current Limit S S S — — S S S
Dual Ramp Start S — — — — — — S
Full Voltage S — — — — S S S
Soft Stop S S — — — O O O
Pump Control O — — — — — O O
Preset Slow Speed S — — — — — O O
Linear Speed S — — — — — — —
SMB™ Smart Motor
O — — — — — O O
Braking
Accu-Stop™ O — — — — — O O
Slow Speed with Braking O — — — — — O O
Single-phase Operation — — — S — — — —
Motor Protection S S S — — — — S
Communication S — — — — — — S
Metering S — — — — — — S
Keypad Programming/
S — — — — — — S
LCD Display
Inside Delta Connection S S
Energy Saver — — — — — S S S
S = Standard Feature
O = Optional Feature

6-4 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Overview.qxd 04/02/2004 17:14 Page 6-5

Bulletin 150
Reduced Voltage Starters
Modes of Operation

Modes of Operation
The SMC controllers provide the following modes of operation as Standard:

Soft Start Full Voltage Start


This method covers the most general applications. The motor is This method is used in applications requiring across-the-line
given an initial torque setting, which is user adjustable. From the starting. The SMC controller performs like a solid-state contactor.
initial torque level, the output voltage to the motor is steplessly Full inrush current and locked-rotor torque are realized. The SMC
increased during the acceleration ramp time, which is user may be programmed to provide full voltage start in which the output
adjustable. voltage to the motor reaches full voltage.

Selectable Kickstart Linear Speed Acceleration


The kickstart feature provides a boost at startup to break away With this type of acceleration mode, a closed-loop feedback system
loads that may require a pulse of high torque to get started. It is maintains the motor acceleration at a constant rate. The required
intended to provide a current pulse, for a selected period of time. feedback signal is provided by a DC tachometer coupled to the
motor (tachometer supplied by user 0-5V DC, 4.5V DC = 100%
speed). Kickstart is available with this mode.

Current Limit Start


This method provides current limit start and is used when it is
necessary to limit the maximum starting current. The starting current
is user adjustable. The current limit stating time is user adjustable. Preset Slow Speed
This method can be used on applications that require a slow speed
for positioning material. The Preset Slow Speed can be set for either
Low, 7% of base speed, or High, 15% of base speed. Reversing is
also possible through programming. Speeds provided during
reverse operation are Low, 10% of base speed, or High, 20% of
base speed.

Dual Ramp Start


This starting method is useful on applications with varying loads,
starting torque, and start time requirements. Dual Ramp Start offers
the user the ability to select between two separate start profiles with
separately adjustable ramp times and initial torque settings.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-5


Bulletin_150_Overview.qxd 04/02/2004 17:14 Page 6-6

Bulletin 150
Reduced Voltage Starters
Modes of Operation, Continued

Soft Stop† Accu-Stop†


The Soft Stop option can be used in applications requiring an This option is used in applications requiring controlled position
extended coast-to-rest. The voltage ramp down time is user stopping. During stopping, braking torque is applied to the motor
adjustable from 0 to 60 seconds. The load will stop when the until it reaches preset slow speed (7% or 15% of rated speed) and
voltage drops to a point where the load torque is greater than the holds the motor at this speed until a stop command is given.
motor torque. Braking torque is then applied until the motor reaches zero speed.
Braking current is programmable from 0…400% of full-load current.
Slow Speed Current is programmable from 0…450% of full-load
current. Slow speed can be programmed for either 7% (low) or 15%
(high).

Pump Control
Start and Stop† Slow Speed with Braking†

This option is used to reduce surges during the starting and Slow Speed with Braking is used on applications that require slow
stopping of a centrifugal pump by smoothly accelerating and speed (in the forward direction) for positioning or alignment and also
decelerating the motor. The microprocessor analyzes the motor require braking control to stop. Slow speed adjustments are 7%
variables and generates commands which control the motor and (low) or 15% (high) of rated speed. Slow speed acceleration current
reduce the possibility of surges occurring in the system. is adjustable from 0…450%. Slow speed running current is
adjustable from 0…450% of full-load current. Braking current is
adjustable from 0…400%.

SMB Smart Motor Braking†


This option provides motor braking for applications that require the
motor to stop faster than a coast to rest. Braking control, with
automatic zero speed shut off, is fully integrated into the compact
design of the SMC controller. This design facilitates a clean, straight
forward installation and eliminates the requirement for additional
hardware such as braking contactors, resistors, timers, and speed
sensors. The microprocessor based braking system applies braking
current to a standard squirrel-cage induction motor. The strength of
the braking current is programmable from 150…400% of full-load
current.

† Not intended to be used as an emergency stop. Refer to the applicable


standards for emergency stop requirements.

6-6 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:28 Page 6-7

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Overview/Modes of Operation

Bulletin 150 — SMC-Flex™ Smart Motor Controller Table of Contents


y 108…480 A Ratings
Modes of Operation . 6-5
y Seven Standard Start Modes
y Options Include Pump Control and Braking Control Features . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Cat. No. Explanation 6-9
The SMC-Flex™ controller provides microprocessor controlled starting for standard 3-
phase squirrel-cage induction or Wye-Delta (6-lead) motors. Seven standard modes of Product Selection . . . 6-10
operation are available within a single controller: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Features Accessories . . . . . . . . . 6-14
y Built in SCR Bypass y LCD Display Specifications . . . . . . . 6-15
y Built in Electronic Motor y Keypad Programming Approx. Dimensions 6-18
Overload Protection y Four Programmable Auxiliary
y Metering Contacts
y DPI Communication
The SMC-Flex™ controller is available for motors rated 54…480 A; 200…480V AC, or
200…600V AC, 50 and 60 Hz. In addition to motors, the SMC-Flex™ controller can be
used to control resistive loads.

Standards Compliance/Approvals
y UL 508
y EN/IEC 60947-4-2
y cULus Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956)
y CE Marked (Open Type) per EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-7


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:28 Page 6-8

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Description of Features
Φεατυρεσ

Description of Features Excessive Starts Per Hour


Electronic Motor Overload Protection The SMC-Flex controller allows the user to program the allowed
The SMC-Flex controller incorporates, as standard, electronic motor number of starts per hour (up to 99). This helps eliminate motor
overload protection. This overload protection is accomplished stress caused by repeated starting during a short time period.
electronically with an ,2t algorithm.
When coordinated with the proper short circuit protection, overload Metering
protection is intended to protect the motor, motor controller, and Power monitoring parameters include:
power wiring against overheating caused by excessive overcurrent.
y 3-phase current
The SMC-Flex controller meets applicable requirements as a motor
overload protective device. y 3-phase voltage
The controller’s overload protection is programmable, providing the y Power in kW
user with flexibility. The overload trip class consists of either OFF, y Power usage in kWH
10, 15, 20 or 30 protection. The trip current is programmed by y Power factor
entering the motor full-load current rating, service factor, and y Motor thermal capacity usage
selecting the trip class. y Elapsed time
Thermal memory is included to accurately model motor operating Note: The motor thermal capacity usage allows the user to monitor
temperature. Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic the amount of overload thermal capacity usage before the
design of the overload. SMC-Flex controller’s built-in electronic overload trips.
Stall Protection and Jam Detection
Motors can experience locked-rotor currents and develop high Built-in DPI Communication Capabilities
torque levels in the event of a stall or a jam. These conditions can A serial interface port is provided as standard, which allows
result in winding insulation breakdown or mechanical damage to the connection to a Bulletin 20 Human Interface Module and a variety of
connected load. The SMC-Flex controller provides both stall Bulletin 20-COMM Communication Modules. This includes Allen-
protection and jam detection for enhanced motor and system Bradley Remote I/O, DeviceNet, ControlNet, Ethernet, ProfiBUS,
protection. Stall protection allows the user to program a maximum Interbus, and RS485-DF1.
stall protection delay time from 0…10 seconds. The stall protection
delay time is in addition to the programmed start time and begins LCD Display
only after the start time has timed out. If the controller senses that The SMC-Flex controller’s three-line 16-character backlit LCD
the motor is stalled, it will shut down after the delay period has display provides parameter identification using clear, informative
expired. Jam detection allows the user to determine the motor jam text. Controller set up can be performed quickly and easily without
detection level as a percentage of the motor’s full-load current the use of a reference manual. Parameters are arranged in an
rating. To prevent nuisance tripping, a jam detection delay time, organized four-level menu structure for ease of programming and
from 0.0…99.0 seconds, can be programmed. This allows the user fast access to parameters.
to select the time delay required before the SMC-Flex controller will
trip on a motor jam condition. The motor current must remain above Keypad Programming
the jam detection level during the delay time. Jam detection is Programming of parameters is accomplished through a five-button
active only after the motor has reached full speed. keypad on the front of the SMC-Flex controller. The five buttons
include up and down arrows, an Enter button, a Select button, and
Underload Protection an Escape button. The user needs only to enter the correct
Utilizing the underload protection of the SMC-Flex controller, motor sequence of keystrokes for programming the SMC-Flex controller.
operation can be halted if a drop in current is sensed.
The SMC-Flex controller provides an adjustable underload trip
setting from 0…99% of the programmed motor full-load current Auxiliary Contacts
rating with an adjustable trip delay time of 0…99 seconds. Four programmable hard contacts are furnished as standard with
the SMCFlex controller:
Undervoltage Protection y Aux #1 — N.O. (Normal/Up-to-Speed/External Bypass)
The SMC-Flex controller’s undervoltage protection will halt motor y Fault — N.O./N.C.
operation if a drop in the incoming line voltage is detected. y Alarm — N.O./N.C.
The undervoltage trip level is adjustable as a percentage of the y Aux #2 — N.O./N.C. (Normal)
programmed line voltage, from 0…99%. To eliminate nuisance trips,
a programmable undervoltage trip delay time of 0…99 seconds can Ground Fault Input
also be programmed. The line voltage must remain below the
The SMC-Flex can monitor for ground fault conditions. A Cat. No.
undervoltage trip level during the programmed delay time.
825-CBCT core balance current transformer is required for this
function.
Overvoltage Protection
If a rise in the incoming line voltage is detected, the SMC-Flex PTC Input
controller’s overvoltage protection will halt motor operation.
A motor PTC input can be monitored by the SMC-Flex. In the event
The overvoltage trip level is adjustable as a percentage of the
of a fault, the SMC-Flex will shut down and indicate a PTC fault.
programmed line voltage, from 0…199%. To eliminate nuisance
trips, a programmable overvoltage trip delay time of 0…99 seconds
can also be programmed. The line voltage must remain above the
overvoltage trip level during the programmed delay time.

Voltage Unbalance Protection


Voltage unbalance is detected by monitoring the 3-phase supply
voltage magnitudes in conjunction with the rotational relationship of
the three phases. The controller will halt motor operation when the
calculated voltage unbalance reaches the user-programmed trip
level.
The voltage unbalance trip level is programmable from 0…25%
unbalance.

6-8 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-9

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Cat. No. Explanation
Χατ. Νο. Εξπλανατιον

Open and Non-Combination

150 – F135 F B D B – 8L
a b c d e f g
a c e
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type Control Voltage
Code Description Code Description Code Description
150 Solid-State Controller F NEMA Type 4/12 (IP65) D 100…240V AC
N Open
b f
Controller Ratings d Options
Code Description Input Line Voltage (Select Only One)
F108 108 A, 50…75 Hp @ 460V AC Open Type Code Description
F135 135 A, 60…100 Hp @ 460V AC Code Description Blank Standard
F201 201 A, 75…150 Hp @ 460V AC B 200…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz B Pump Control
F251 251 A, 100…200 Hp @ 460V AC C 200…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz D Braking Control
F317 317 A, 125…250 Hp @ 460V AC Non-Combination Enclosed Only g
F361 361 A, 150…300 Hp @ 460V AC H 200…208V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
Options
F480 480 A, 200…400 Hp @ 460V AC A 230V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
Code Description
B 200…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
Line-Mounted Protective Module
C 200…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz 8L
(enclosed only)
Load-Mounted Protective Module
8M
(enclosed only)
Line- and Load-Mounted Protective
8B
Modules (enclosed only)
Load-side MOVs not available with Pump and
Braking options, or on Delta-connected motors.
MOVs can be field installed for open type units.
For a listing of available options, please see
page 6-68.
Combination

152H – F480 F BD B – 59 – 8B
a b c d e f g
a c f
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type Horsepower
Code Description Code Description Cat. Hp Cat. Hp
Solid-State Controller with Fusible F NEMA Type 4/12 (IP65) No. Rating No. Rating
152H 39 5 52 150
Disconnect
153H Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker d 40 7-1/2 54 200
Line Voltage 41 10 56 250
b Code Description 42 15 57 300
Controller Ratings HD 200…208V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz 43 20 58 350
Code Description AD 230V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz 44 25 59 400
F108 108 A, 50…75 Hp @ 460V AC BD 400…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz 45 30 60 450
F135 135 A, 60…100 Hp @ 460V AC CD 500…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz 46 40 61 500
F201 201 A, 75…150 Hp @ 460V AC 47 50 62 600
F251 251 A, 100…200 Hp @ 460V AC e
48 60 63 700
F317 317 A, 125…250 Hp @ 460V AC Control Options
49 75 65 800
F361 361 A, 150…300 Hp @ 460V AC Code Description
50 100 67 1000
F480 480 A, 200…400 Hp @ 460V AC Blank Standard
51 125 — —
B Pump Control
D Braking Control g
Options
Code Description
8L Line-Mounted Protective Module
8M Load-Mounted Protective Module
Line- and Load-Mounted Protective
8B
Modules
Load-side MOVs not available with Pump and
Braking options. For a listing of available
Product Selection — page 6-10 options, please see page 6-68.
Enclosed Options — page 6-13
Accessories — page 6-14
Approximate Dimensions — page 6-18

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-9


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-10

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Open Type and Non-Combination Enclosed (IP65, Type 4/12) Line-Connected Controllers
Enclosures other than those listed are available; consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Open Type — Line-Connected Motors✶ IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed
100…240V AC 50/60 Hz Non-Combination
Rated Voltage Motor Current Control 24V AC/DC Control♣ Controllers§➤
[V AC] (A)† kW Hp‡, 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
54…108  20…30 150-F108NBD 150-F108NBR 150-F108FHD
68…135  25…40 150-F135NBD 150-F135NBR 150-F135FHD
100…201  40…60 150-F201NBD 150-F201NBR 150-F201FHD
200/208 125…251  50…75 150-F251NBD 150-F251NBR 150-F251FHD
158…317  60…100 150-F317NBD 150-F317NBR 150-F317FHD
180…361  75…125 150-F361NBD 150-F361NBR 150-F361FHD
240…480  100…150 150-F480NBD 150-F480NBR 150-F480FHD
54…108 18.5…30 20…40 150-F108NBD 150-F108NBR 150-F108FAD
68…135 22…37 25…50 150-F135NBD 150-F135NBR 150-F135FAD
100…201 37…55 40…75 150-F201NBD 150-F201NBR 150-F201FAD
230 125…251 45…75 50…100 150-F251NBD 150-F251NBR 150-F251FAD
158…317 55…90 60…125 150-F317NBD 150-F317NBR 150-F317FAD
180…361 75…110 75…150 150-F361NBD 150-F361NBR 150-F361FAD
240…480 90…132 100…200 150-F480NBD 150-F480NBR 150-F480FAD
54…108 30…55 50…75 150-F108NBD 150-F108NBR 150-F108FBD
68…135 45…75 60…100 150-F135NBD 150-F135NBR 150-F135FBD
100…201 75…110 75…150 150-F201NBD 150-F201NBR 150-F201FBD
400/415/460 125…251 75…132 100…200 150-F251NBD 150-F251NBR 150-F251FBD
158…317 90…160 125…250 150-F317NBD 150-F317NBR 150-F317FBD
180…361 110…200 150…300 150-F361NBD 150-F361NBR 150-F361FBD
240…480 160…250 200…400 150-F480NBD 150-F480NBR 150-F480FBD
54…108 37…75 60…100 150-F108NCD 150-F108NCR 150-F108FCD
68…135 55…90 75…125 150-F135NCD 150-F135NCR 150-F135FCD
100…201 75…132 200…350 150-F201NCD 150-F201NCR 150-F201FCD
500/575 125…251 90…160 125…250 150-F251NCD 150-F251NCR 150-F251FCD
158…317 100…200 200…300 150-F317NCD 150-F317NCR 150-F317FCD
180…361 132…250 200…350 150-F361NCD 150-F361NCR 150-F361FCD
240…480 200…315 250…500 150-F480NCD 150-F480NCR 150-F480FCD
✶ Controllers rated 108 A and greater are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 6-14 for terminal lug kits.
† Motor FLA rating must fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.
‡ Hp ratings at motor terminal voltages for 200, 230, 480, and 600 line volts, respectively.
§ These controllers require a separate 100…240V, 50/60 Hz single-phase control source. To add a control circuit transformer to the enclosure, add the
appropriate option code to the catalog string.
♣ Separate 120V or 240V single phase is required for fan operation.
➤ Line and load termination are provided as standard.

Options — page 6-13


Accessories — page 6-14
Approximate Dimensions — page 6-18

6-10 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-11

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Product Selection, Continued

Open Type Delta-Connected Controllers


Rated Voltage Current Rating 100…240V AC 50/60 Hz Control 24V AC/DC Control
[V AC] (A)✶‡ kW Hp†, 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No.♣
94…187  40…50 150-F108NBD 150-F108NBR
117…234  50…75 150-F135NBD 150-F135NBR
174…348  75…100 150-F201NBD 150-F201NBR
200/208 218…435  100…150 150-F251NBD 150-F251NBR
275…549  100…200 150-F317NBD 150-F317NBR
313…625  125…200 150-F361NBD 150-F361NBR
415…831  200…300 150-F480NBD 150-F480NBR
94…187 30…55 40…60 150-F108NBD 150-F108NBR
117…234 37…75 50…75 150-F135NBD 150-F135NBR
174…348 55…110 75…125 150-F201NBD 150-F201NBR
230 218…435 75…132 100…150 150-F251NBD 150-F251NBR
275…549 90…160 125…200 150-F317NBD 150-F317NBR
313…625 110…200 150…250 150-F361NBD 150-F361NBR
415…831 160…250 200…350 150-F480NBD 150-F480NBR
94…187 55…90 75…125 150-F108NBD 150-F108NBR
117…234 75…132 100…150 150-F135NBD 150-F135NBR
174…348 110…160 150…250 150-F201NBD 150-F201NBR
400/415/460 218…435 132…250 200…350 150-F251NBD 150-F251NBR
275…549 160…315 250…450 150-F317NBD 150-F317NBR
313…625 200…355 300…500 150-F361NBD 150-F361NBR
415…831 250…450 350…600 150-F480NBD 150-F480NBR
94…187 75…132 100…150 150-F108NCD 150-F108NCR
117…234 90…160 125…200 150-F135NCD 150-F135NCR
174…348 132…250 200…350 150-F201NCD 150-F201NCR
500/575 218…435 160…315 250…400 150-F251NCD 150-F251NCR
275…549 200…400 300…500 150-F317NCD 150-F317NCR
313…625 250…450 350…600 150-F361NCD 150-F361NCR
415…831 315…560 400…800 150-F480NCD 150-F480NCR
✶ Controllers rated 108 A and greater are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 6-14 for terminal lug kits.
† Hp ratings at motor terminal voltages for 200, 230, 480, and 600 line volts, respectively.
‡ Motor FLA rating must fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.
♣ Separate 120V or 240V single phase is required for fan operation.

Options — page 6-13


Accessories — page 6-14
Approximate Dimensions — page 6-18

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-11


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-12

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Product Selection, Continued

Combination Controllers — IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed with Fusible Disconnect or Circuit Breaker
These controllers include line and load terminations. Enclosures other than those listed are available; consult your local Allen-Bradley
distributor. All 153 bulletin numbers are supplied with thermal magnetic circuit breakers.
IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed Combination IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed Combination
Rated Voltage Controller Current Controllers with Fusible Disconnect✶ Controllers with Circuit Breaker✶
[V AC] Hp, 60 Hz Rating † Cat. No. Cat. No.
20 108 A 152H-F108FHD-43 153H-F108FHD-43
25 108 A 152H-F108FHD-44 153H-F108FHD-44
30 108 A 152H-F108FHD-45 153H-F108FHD-45
40 135 A 152H-F135FHD-46 153H-F135FHD-46
50 201 A 152H-F201FHD-47 153H-F201FHD-47
200
60 201 A 152H-F201FHD-48 153H-F201FHD-48
75 251 A 152H-F251FHD-49 153H-F251FHD-49
100 317 A 152H-F317FHD-50 153H-F317FHD-50
125 361 A 152H-F361FHD-51 153H-F361FHD-51
150 480 A 152H-F480FHD-52 153H-F480FHD-52
25 108 A 152H-F108FAD-44 153H-F108FAD-44
30 108 A 152H-F108FAD-45 153H-F108FAD-45
40 108 A 152H-F108FAD-46 153H-F108FAD-46
50 135 A 152H-F135FAD-47 153H-F135FAD-47
60 201 A 152H-F201FAD-48 153H-F201FAD-48
230
75 201 A 152H-F201FAD-49 153H-F201FAD-49
100 251 A 152H-F251FAD-50 153H-F251FAD-50
125 317 A 152H-F317FAD-51 153H-F317FAD-51
150 361 A 152H-F361FAD-52 153H-F361FAD-52
200 480 A 152H-F480FAD-54 153H-F480FAD-54
50 108 A 152H-F108FBD-47 153H-F108FBD-47
60 108 A 152H-F108FBD-48 153H-F108FBD-48
75 108 A 152H-F108FBD-49 153H-F108FBD-49
100 135 A 152H-F135FBD-50 153H-F135FBD-50
125 201 A 152H-F201FBD-51 153H-F201FBD-51
460 150 201 A 152H-F201FBD-52 153H-F201FBD-52
200 251 A 152H-F251FBD-54 153H-F251FBD-54
250 317 A 152H-F317FBD-56 153H-F317FBD-56
300 361 A 152H-F361FBD-57 153H-F361FBD-57
350 480 A 152H-F480FBD-58 153H-F480FBD-58
400 480 A 152H-F480FBD-59 153H-F480FBD-59
75 108 A 152H-F108FCD-49 153H-F108FCD-49
100 108 A 152H-F108FCD-50 153H-F108FCD-50
125 135 A 152H-F135FCD-51 153H-F135FCD-51
150 201 A 152H-F201FCD-52 153H-F201FCD-52
200 201 A 152H-F201FCD-54 153H-F201FCD-54
575 250 251 A 152H-F251FCD-56 153H-F251FCD-56
300 317 A 152H-F317FCD-57 153H-F317FCD-57
350 361 A 152H-F361FCD-58 153H-F361FCD-58
400 480 A 152H-F480FCD-59 153H-F480FCD-59
450 480 A 152H-F480FCD-60 153H-F480FCD-60
500 480 A 152H-F480FCD-61 153H-F480FCD-61
✶ These controllers require a separate 100…240V, 50/60 Hz single-phase control source. To add a control circuit transformer to the enclosure, add the
appropriate option code to the catalog string.
† The nominal current rating for the combination package may differ from the controller, based on the horsepower. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Options — page 6-13


Accessories — page 6-14
Approximate Dimensions — page 6-18

6-12 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-13

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Options

Control Options (open and enclosed)


Cat. No.
Option Description Modification
Provides smooth motor acceleration and deceleration, reducing surges caused by the starting and stopping of centrifugal
Pump Control B✶
pumps. Starting time is adjustable from 0…30 seconds, and stopping time is adjustable from 0…120 seconds.
Braking Control Provides Smart Motor Braking (SMB), Accu-Stop, and Slow Speed with Braking. D✶

Enclosed Options
Cat. No.
Option Description Modification
Start-Stop Push Button -1
Start-Stop Push Button with H-O-A Selector Switch -1F
Soft Stop Push Button† 1XA
Pump Stop Push Button† 1XB
Push Buttons Slow Speed Push Button† 1XC
Brake Push Button† 1XD
Accu-Stop/Slow Speed Push Button† 1XE
Emergency Stop -1E
Fault Reset -FR
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch -3
Selector Switch
SMC-Off-Bypass Selector Switch -3B
Transformer Pilot Lights -4_‡
Pilot Lights
Push-to-Test Pilot Lights -5_‡
Control Circuit Transformer (fused primary and secondary) -6P
Control Circuit Transformer
Additional 100 VA Control Circuit Transformer (fused primary and secondary) -6PX
108…480 A, 480V Line Side Protective Module
-8L
108…480 A, 600V Line Side Protective Module
108…480 A, 480V Load Side Protective Module
Protective Modules -8M
108…480 A, 600V Load Side Protective Module
108…480 A, 480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Modules
-8B
108…480 A, 600V Both Line and Load Side Protective Modules
Human Interface Module Door-mounted programmer only (Type 4/12) -HC3
Remote I/O -20R
RS-485 -20S
DeviceNet -20D
Communication Module
Ethernet/IP -20E
Control Net -20C
ProfiBUS -20P

✶ Add the designated letter to the end of the cat. no. Example: To add the Pump Control option: Cat. No. 150-F361NBDB or Cat. No. 152H-F361FBDB-57.
† Option push buttons are available only when the corresponding option module is selected. Example: Cat. No. 150-F108FBDB-1XB.
‡ Specify pilot light lens color. Options: Green or Red. Example: -4R for a red lens.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-13


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-14

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Accessories — Field-Installed

Accessories
Protective Modules✶
Field Modification
Current Rating Description Cat. No.

108…480 480V Protective Module 150-F84L

108…480 600V Protective Module 150-F86L

✶ The same protective module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC-Flex. For applications requiring both line and load side protection, two protective
modules must be ordered.

Terminal Lug Kits (108…480 A)


Total No. of Line Controller
Terminal Lugs
Current Possible Each Side
Rating (A) Conductor Size Line Side Load Side Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

108…135 3 3
#6…4/0 AWG
199-LF1
16 mm2…120 mm2
201…251 6 6 3

#4…500 MCM AWG


317…480 6 6 199-LG1
25 mm2…240 mm2

Line and Load terminals are provided as standard on enclosed SMCs.

IEC Terminal Covers


Field
Package Modification
Description Quantity Cat. No.
Terminal Covers
IEC line or load terminal covers for 108…251 A devices. 1 150-TC2
Dead front protection
Terminal Covers
IEC line or load terminal covers for 317…480 A devices. 1 150-TC3
Dead front protection

Description Cat. No.

LCD Display, Programmer Only HIM✶ 20-HIM-A5

LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad✶ 20-HIM-A3


Human Interface Modules
LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad (includes cable) 20-HIM-C3

HIM Interface Cable, 1 m (39 in.) 20-HIM-H10

Description (IP30/Type 1) For Use With


Remote I/O 20-COMM-R
RS-485/DF1 20-COMM-S
ProfiBUS 20-COMM-P
Communication Modules Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
ControlNet 20-COMM-C
DeviceNet™ 20-COMM-D
Ethernet/IP 20-COMM-E
DriveTools™ Programming Software Personal Computer 9303-3CS0EFF

✶ Requires a 20-HIM-H cable to connect to the SMC-Flex.

6-14 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-15

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Specifications/Wiring Diagram
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Functional Design Specifications


Power Wiring Standard squirrel-cage induction motor or a Wye-Delta, six-lead motor.
Installation
Control Wiring 2- and 3-wire control for a wide variety of applications.
Keypad Front keypad and backlit LCD display.
Setup Parameter values can be downloaded to the SMC-Flex Controller with DriveTools
Software
programming software and the Cat. No. 20-COMM… DPI communication module.
Communications One DPI provided for connection to optional human interface and communication modules.
Soft Start
Current Limit Start
Dual Ramp
Starting and Stopping Modes Full Voltage
Standard Features Linear Speed Acceleration
Preset Slow Speed
Soft Stop
Power loss, line fault, voltage unbalance, excessive starts/hour, phase reversal,
Protection and Diagnostics undervoltage, overvoltage, controller temp, stall, jam, open gate, overload, underload,
communication fault.
Metering Amps, volts, kW, kWH, elapsed time, power factor, motor thermal capacity usage.
Alarm Contact Overload, underload, undervoltage, overvoltage, unbalance, jam, stall, and ground fault
Status Indication Stopped, starting, stopping, at speed, alarm, and fault.
Contact programmable as normal/up-to-speed/external bypass; one programmable for
Auxiliary Contacts
fault, one programmable for alarm, and one programmable for N.O./N.C. normal.
Helps reduce fluid surges in centrifugal pumping systems during starting and stopping
Pump Control period. Starting time is adjustable from 0…30 seconds. Stopping time is adjustable from
0…120 seconds.
Provides motor braking without additional equipment for applications that require the
SMB Smart
motor to stop quickly. Braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of the motor’s full-load
Motor Braking
current rating.
Optional Features
Provides controlled position stopping. During stopping, braking torque is applied to the
Braking Control motor until it reaches preset slow speed (7% or 15% of rated speed) and holds the motor
Accu-Stop
at this speed until a stop command is given. Braking torque is then applied until the motor
reaches zero speed. Braking current is programmable from 0…450% of full-load current.
Slow Speed with Used on applications that require slow speed (in the forward direction) for positioning or
Braking alignment and also require braking control to stop.

Wiring Diagram — Line Controller

✶As Required

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-15


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-16

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Specifications, Continued

Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
200…480V AC 200…415V
Rated Operation Voltage
200…600V AC (–15%, +10%) 200…500V
Rated Insulation Voltage N/A 500V
Rated Impulse Voltage N/A 6000V
Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V
200…480V AC: 1400V 200…415V: 1400V
Power Circuit Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage Rating
200…600V AC: 1600V 200…500V: 1600V
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category MG 1 AC-53B
Protection Against Electrical Shock N/A IP00 (open device)/Optional IP20
DV/DT Protection RC Snubber Network
Transient Protection Metal Oxide Varistors: 220 Joules
SCPD Performance Type 1
Max. Available Max. Available Max. Circuit
SCPD List Max. Fuse (A)
Fault Fault Breaker (A)
108 30 kA 400 30 kA 300
135 30 kA 500 30 kA 400
201 30 kA 600 30 kA 600
Line Device Operational Current Rating (A) 251 30 kA 700 30 kA 700
317 42 kA 800 30 kA 800
Short Circuit
361 42 kA 1000 30 kA 1000
Protection
480 42 kA 1200 30 kA 1200
187 30 kA 500 30 kA 500
234 30 kA 700 30 kA 700
348 30 kA 1000 30 kA 1000
Delta Device Operational Current Rating (A) 435 42 kA 1200 30 kA 1200
549 42 kA 1600 30 kA 1600
625 42 kA 1600 30 kA 1600
831 42 kA 1600 30 kA 1600
100…240V AC 100…240V
Rated Operational Voltage
24V AC/24V DC 24V AC/24V DC
Rated Insulation Voltage N/A 240V
Control Circuit Rated Impulse Voltage N/A 3000V
Dielectric Withstand 1600V AC 2000V
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Protection Against Electric Shock N/A IP20
Power Control Module 75 VA
Requirements #Heatsink Fan(s) (A)✶ 50 VA
Operational 1G
Vibration
Non-Operational 2.5 G
108 167
135 176
201 200
Steady State Heat
Controller Rating (A) 251 218
Dissipation (Watts)
317 225
361 245
480 290
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic relay
Auxiliary Contacts Number of Contacts 1
19/20 (Normal/Up-to- Type of Contacts N.O.
Speed/External Bypass) Type of Current AC
29/30 (Fault) Rated Operational Current 3 A @ 120V AC, 1.5 A @ 240V AC
31/32 (Alarm) Conventional Thermal Current ,th 5A
33/34 (Normal) Make/Break VA 3600/360
Utilization Category AC-15
Response Resistance 3400 Ω ±150 Ω
Reset Resistance 1600 Ω ±100 Ω
Short-Circuit Trip Resistance 25 Ω ±10 Ω
Max. Voltage at PTC Terminals (RPTC = 4 kΩ) < 7.5V
PTC Input Ratings
Max. Voltage at PTC Terminals (RPTC = open) 30V
Max. No. of Sensors. 6
Max. Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500 Ω
Response Time 800 ms
Tach Input 0…5V DC, 4.5V DC = 100% Speed
Environmental
0…50 °C (32…104 °F) (open)
Operating Temperature Range
0…40 °C (32…104 °F) (enclosed)
Storage and Transportation Temperature Range –20…+75 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% (non-condensing)
Pollution Degree 2

✶ For devices rated 108…480 A, heatsink fans can be powered by either 110/120V AC or 220/240V AC.

6-16 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-17

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Specifications, Continued

Mechanical
Operational 1.0 G Peak, 0.006 In. Displacement
Resistance to Vibration
Non-Operational 2.5 G, 0.015 In. Displacement
Operational 5.5 G
Resistance to Shock
Non-Operational 25 G
Heatsink hockey
Power Poles puck thyristor 108…480 A
Construction modular design
Control Modules Thermoset and Thermoplastic Moldings
Metal Parts Plated Brass, Copper, or Painted Steel
108…251 A Two M10 x 1.5 diameter holes per power pole
Terminals Power Terminals
317…480 A Two M12 x 1.75 diameter holes per power pole
Power Terminal Markings NEMA, CENELEC EN50 012
Control Terminals M 3.5 x 0.6 Pozidriv screw with self-lifting clamp plate
Other
Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A
EMC Emission Levels
Radiated Emissions Class A
Electrostatic Discharge 8 kV Air Discharge
Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Per EN 60947-4-2
EMC Immunity Levels
Fast Transient Per EN 60947-4-2
Surge Transient Per EN 60947-4-2
Line Delta
108 54…108 94…187
135 68…135 117…234
201 100…201 174…348
Current Range
251 125…251 218…435
Overload Characteristics 317 258…317 275…549
361 180…361 313…625
480 240…480 415…831
Trip Classes 10, 15, 20, and 30
Trip Current Rating 120% of Motor FLC
Number of Poles 3
CE Marked Per Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC
Approvals Open Type Controllers
UL Listed (File No. E96956)

Maximum Available Fuse and Fault Current Maximum Available Circuit Breaker and Fault Current
(Open Type)✶ (Open Type)
Fault Current Inverse Time Fault Current
Current Rating (A) Fuse/Type @ 600V Current Rating (A) Circuit Breaker @ 600V
108 1600/Class L 30 kA 108 1200 30 kA
135 1600/Class L 30 kA 135 1200 30 kA
201 1600/Class L 30 kA 201 1200 30 kA
251 1600/Class L 30 kA 251 1200 30 kA
317 1600/Class L 42 kA 317 1200 30 kA
361 1600/Class L 42 kA 361 1200 30 kA
480 1600/Class L 42 kA 480 1200 30 kA

✶ Consult NEC Handbook for proper fuse sizing guidelines.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-17


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Flex.qxd 04/02/2004 17:29 Page 6-18

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controller — SMC-Flex™
Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Open Type Controllers Controller Disconnect IP65 (Type 4/12)


Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended Rating (A) Rating (A) B Height A Width C Depth
for manufacturing purposes. Non-Combination Controller
Controller 108 - 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
Rating (A) Height Width Depth Weight 135 - 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
560 225 253.8 30.4 kg 201 - 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
108…251
(22.05) (8.86) (9.99) (67 lbs).
251 - 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
600 290 276.5 45.8 kg
317…480 317 - 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
(23.62) (11.42) (10.89) (101 lbs)
361 - 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
480 - 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
Enclosed Type Line-Connected Controllers Combination Controllers with Fusible Disconnect
Factory-installed options may affect enclosure size requirements. 108 200A/J 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
Exact dimensions can be obtained after order entry. Please consult
135 200A/J 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
201 400A/J 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
251 400A/J 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
317 600A/J 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (14)
361 600A/J 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (14)
† 600 A/J 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (14)
480
‡ 800 A/L 2286 (90) 889 (35) 508 (20)
Combination Controllers with Circuit Breaker
108 175A/175A Plug 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
135 225A/225A Plug 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
201 300A/300A Plug 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
251 400A/400A Plug 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
317 600A/500A Plug 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
361 600A/600A Plug 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
480 800A/800A Plug 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
† Use this row for 460V -58 and 575V -59.
‡ Use this row for 460V -59 and 575V -60 and -61.

Enclosed Type Delta-Connected Controllers


Controller IP65 (Type 4/12)
Rating (A) B Height A Width C Depth
Non-Combination Controller
108 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
234 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
348 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
435 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
549 1524 (60) 914 (36) 356 (14)
625 1524 (60) 914 (36) 356 (14)
831 1524 (60) 635 (25) 508 (20)

6-18 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-19

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Overview/Description of Features

Bulletin 150 — Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™ Smart Table of Contents


Motor Controller
The SMC-3™ is a compact, simple to use, solid-state motor controller designed to Cat. No. Explanation 6-20
operate 3-phase motors. It features a built-in overload relay and a built-in SCR bypass Product Selection . . . 6-20
contactor on all three phases, allowing a smaller footprint than other soft starters on Specifications . . . . . . . 6-21
the market. This product is designed for many applications, including compressors,
chillers, pumps, conveyors, and crushers. Modes of operation for the controller are as Approximate
follows: Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-25
y Soft Start Accessories (SMC-3
y Current Limit Start and SMC-Delta) . . . . . 6-26
y Kick Start
y Soft Stop
y Coast-to-Rest
The controllers are available in ten sizes: 3, 9, 16, 19, 25, 30, 37, 43, 60, and 85 A.
They offer two voltage ranges: 200…480V AC and 200…600V AC. All voltage ranges
will operate at either 50 or 60 Hz.
y 1…85 A Range
y Built-In Electronic Motor Overload Protection
y Built-In SCR Bypass

Standards Compliance/Approvals
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2 No. 14
y EN/IEC 60947-4-2
y cULus Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956)
y CE Marked (Open Type) per EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive

Description of Features
Electronic Motor Overload Protection Phase Imbalance
The SMC-3 controller incorporates, as standard, electronic motor The unit monitors for imbalance between phase currents. To prevent
overload protection. This motor overload protection is accomplished motor damage, the unit will trip if the phase imbalance exceeds
electronically with the use of current transformers on each of the specified limits and a fault will be indicated on the LED.
three phases. The controller’s overload protection is programmable,
providing the user with flexibility. The overload trip class selection Shorted SCR
consists of either OFF, 10, 15, or 20. The trip current is easily Prior to every start, the unit will check all SCRs for shorts and unit
selected by adjusting the rotary potentiometer to the motor full load load connections to the motor. If there is a shorted SCR in the
current rating. Trip reset is selectable to either automatic or manual SMC-3 and/or open load, the start will be aborted and a shorted
mode. SCR/open load fault will be indicated. This prevents damage from
Note: Trip rating is 120% of dial setting. phase imbalance.

Over-temperature LED Description (Number of Flashes)


The SMC-3 monitors the SCR temperature by means of internal 1. Overload
thermistors. When the power poles maximum rated temperature is 2. Overtemperature
reached, the microcomputer switches off the SMC and a TEMP fault 3. Phase Reversal
is indicated via LED. 4. Phase Loss/Open Load
5. Phase Imbalance
Phase Reversal Protection 6. Shorted SCR
When enabled via a DIP switch, 3-phase input power will be verified 7. Test
before starting. If input power phasing is detected to be incorrect,
the start will be aborted and a fault indicated.

Phase Loss/Open Load


The unit will not attempt a start if there is a single-phase condition
on the line. This protects from motor burnout during single-phase
starting.

Specifications — Page 6-21


Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-25

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-19


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-20

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Cat. No. Explanation/Product Selection

Cat. No. Explanation


Open Type

150 – C 30 N B D
a b c d e f
a c d
Bulletin Number Ampere Ratings Enclosure Type
Code Description Code Description Code Description
150 Solid-State Controller 3 3A N Open
9 9A
b 16 16 A
e
Controller Type Input Line Voltage
19 19 A
Code Description Open Type
25 25 A
C SMC-3 Code Description
30 30 A
B 200…460V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60 Hz
37 37 A
C 200…575V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60 Hz
43 43 A
60 60 A f
85 85 A Control Voltage
Code Description
D 100…240V AC
R 24V AC/DC

Product Selection
Open Type Controllers
Up to 460V AC
kW Hp (0.5 = 1/2, 0.75 = 3/4, 7.5 = 7-1/2)
380/400/415V AC, 50
230V AC, 50 Hz Hz 200V AC, 60 Hz 230V AC, 60 Hz 460V AC, 60 Hz 100…240V
Current AC 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC
Rating (A) Starting Duty Control Control
✶ 350% 450% 350% 450% 350% 450% 350% 450% 350% 450% Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…3 0.55 0.37 1.1 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5…1.5 0.5…1 150-C3NBD 150-C3NBR
3…9 2.2 1.5 4 3 0.75…2 0.75…1.5 0.75…2 0.75…2 1.5…5 1.5…3 150-C9NBD 150-C9NBR
5.3…16 4 3 7.5 5.5 1.5…3 1.5…3 1.5…5 1.5…3 5…10 5…7.5 150-C16NBD 150-C16NBR
6.3…19 4 4 7.5 5.5 1.5…5 1.5…3 2…5 2…3 5…10 5…10 150-C19NBD 150-C19NBR
8.3…25 5.5 4 11 9.5 3…7.5 3…5 3…7.5 3…5 7.5…15 7.5…10 150-C25NBD 150-C25NBR
10…30 7.5 5.5 15 11 3…7.5 3…5 5…10 5…7.5 7.5…20 7.5…15 150-C30NBD 150-C30NBR
12.3…37 7.5 7.5 18.5 15 5…10 5…7.5 5…10 5…10 10…25 10…20 150-C37NBD 150-C37NBR
14.3…43 11 7.5 22 15 5…10 5…10 5…15 5…15 10…30 10…30 150-C43NBD 150-C43NBR
20…60 15 11 30 22 7.5…15 7.5…15 7.5…20 7.5…20 15…40 15…40 150-C60NBD 150-C60NBR
28.3…85 22 18.5 45 37 10…25 10…25 15…30 15…30 25…60 25…60 150-C85NBD 150-C85NBR

Up to 575V AC
kW Hp (0.5 = 1/2, 0.75 = 3/4, 7.5 = 7-1/2)
380/400/
230V AC, 415V AC, 500V AC,
50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 200V AC, 60 Hz 230V AC, 60 Hz 460V AC, 60 Hz 575V AC, 60 Hz
Current 100…240V
Rating Starting Duty AC 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC
(A) 350 450 350 450 350 450 Control Control
✶ % % % % % % 350% 450% 350% 450% 350% 450% 350% 450% Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…3 0.55 0.37 1.1 0.75 1.5 1.1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5…1.5 0.5…1 0.75…2 0.75…1 150-C3NCD 150-C3NCR
3…9 2.2 1.5 4 3 5.5 4 0.75…2 0.75…1.5 0.75…2 0.75…2 1.5…5 1.5…3 3…7.5 3…5 150-C9NCD 150-C9NCR
5.3…16 4 3 7.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 1.5…3 1.5…3 1.5…5 1.5…3 5…10 5…7.5 5…10 5…10 150-C16NCD 150-C16NCR
6.3…19 4 4 7.5 5.5 11 7.5 1.5…5 1.5…3 2…5 2…3 5…10 5…10 7.5…15 7.5…15 150-C19NCD 150-C19NCR
8.3…25 5.5 4 11 9.5 15 11 3…7.5 3…5 3…7.5 3…5 7.5…15 7.5…10 7.5…20 7.5…15 150-C25NCD 150-C25NCR
10…30 7.5 5.5 15 11 18.5 15 3…7.5 3…5 5…10 5…7.5 7.5…20 7.5…15 10…25 10…20 150-C30NCD 150-C30NCR
12.3…37 7.5 7.5 18.5 15 22 18.5 5…10 5…7.5 5…10 5…10 10…25 10…20 15…30 15…25 150-C37NCD 150-C37NCR
14.3…43 11 7.5 22 15 22 22 5…10 5…10 5…15 5…15 10…30 10…30 15…40 15…40 150-C43NCD 150-C43NCR
20…60 15 11 30 22 37 37 7.5…15 7.5…15 7.5…20 7.5…20 15…40 15…40 20…50 20…50 150-C60NCD 150-C60NCR
28.3…85 22 18.5 45 37 55 45 10…25 10…25 15…30 15…30 25…60 25…60 30…75 30…75 150-C85NCD 150-C85NCR
✶ Motor FLA must fall within the current range of the device.

Specifications — Page 6-21


Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-25

6-20 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-21

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Electrical Ratings Cat. Nos. 150-…


Cat. No. C3 C9 C16 C19 C25 C30 C37 C43 C60 C85
Rated operating current ,e (A) 3 9 16 19 25 30 37 43 60 85
Heat dissipation (W) Continuous 11 12 14 15 17 19 24 34 50 82
Rated operating voltage 200…480, 200…600V AC 50/60 Hz, 3-phase (+10%, -15%)
2.5…95 mm2 (14…3/0 AWG)
Cable size: 2.5…25 mm2 (14…4 AWG)
Line Power terminals 11.3…12.4 N•m
Tightening torque: 2.3…3.4 N•m (20…30 in-lbs)
(100…110 in-lbs)
2.5…50 mm2 (14…1 AWG)
Cable size: 2.5…16 mm2 (14…6 AWG)
Load Power terminals 11.3…12.4 N•m
Tightening torque: 2.3…3.4 N•m (20…30 in-lbs)
(100…110 in-lbs)
Cable size: 0.2…2.5 mm2 (24…14 AWG)
Control terminals
Tightening torque: 0.5…0.9 N•m (4.4…8.0 in-lbs)
Maximum continuous current 3A 9A 16 A 19 A 25 A 30 A 37 A 43 A 60 A 85 A
Overload current range (A) 1…3 3…9 5.3…16 6.3…19 8.3…25 10…30 12.3…37 14.3…43 20…60 28.3…85
Control Voltage Requirements 100…240V AC or 24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz
Short Circuit Coordination (Max Fuse or Circuit Breaker Size) Type 1
UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses 5 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination (600V) 10 A 35 A 60 A 70 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A — —
UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses 10 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination (600V) — — — — — — — — 225 A 300 A
UL Listed Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker 5 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination (600V) 15 A 35 A 60 A 70 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A — —
UL Listed Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker 10 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination (600V) — — — — — — — — 225 A 300 A
UL Listed Bulletin 140M Motor Protection C.B. 5 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination (600V) C25 C25 F45 F45 F45 F45 F45 — — —
Power Circuit
UL/cUL IEC
200…480V AC 200…480V~ — 400V~
Rated operational voltage
200…600V AC 500V~ — 500V~
Rated insulation voltage 600V AC 500V~
Dielectric withstand 2200V AC 2500V~
200…480V AC — 1400V 200…480V~ — 1400V
Repetitive peak
200…600V AC — 1600V 500V~ — 1600V
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
1…37 A AC-53b: 3.5-15:3585
Utilization category Intermittent duty
43…85 A AC-53b: 4.5-30:3570
Number of poles Equipment designed for 3-phase only
Rated impulse voltage 6 kV
DV/DT protection 1000V/µs
Overvoltage category III III
Control Circuit
UL/cUL IEC
Rated operational voltage (+10%, –15%) 100…240V AC, 24V AC/DC 100…240V~, 24V AC/DC
Rated insulation voltage 250V 250V~
Rated impulse voltage — 4 kV
Dielectric withstand 1500V AC 2000V~
Overvoltage category — III ✶
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Input onstate voltage minimum, during start (IN1, IN2) 85V AC, 19.2V DC / 13.5V AC
Input onstate current (IN1, IN2) 9.8 mA @120V AC/19.6 mA @ 240V AC, 7.3 mA @ 24V AC/DC
Input offstate voltage maximum (IN1, IN2) 40V AC, 17V DC / 12V AC
Input offstate current @ input offstate voltage
<10 mA, <12 mA
(IN1, IN2)
Control power with fan, during 3…37 A 215 mA @ 120V AC / 180 mA @ 240V AC, 800 mA @ 24V DC / 660 mA @ 24V AC
start 43…85 A 200 mA @ 120V AC / 100 mA @ 240V AC, 700 mA @ 24V AC/DC
Control power without fan, during
3…37 A 205 mA @ 120V AC / 145 mA @ 240V AC, 705 mA @ 24V DC / 580 mA @ 24V AC
start
✶ Overvoltage category II, when either control or auxiliary circuit is wired to a SELV or PELV circuit.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-21


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-22

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Specifications, Continued

Auxiliary Contacts
UL/cUL IEC
Rated operational voltage 250V AC / 30V DC 250V~ / 30V DC
Rated insulation voltage 250V 250V~
Rated impulse voltage — 4 kV
Dielectric withstand 1500V AC 2000V~
Overvoltage category — III ✶
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization category D300 AC15
Type of control circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of contacts 1
Type of contacts Normally Open (N.O.)
TB-97, -98 Kind of current AC/DC
(OVLD/Fault)
Rated operational current (max.) 0.6 A @ 120V~ and 0.3 A @ 240V~
Conventional thermal current ,th 1A
Make VA/break VA 432/72
Type of control circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of contacts 1
TB-13, -14 Type of contacts Normally Open (N.O.)
(Normal/Up- Kind of current AC/DC
to-Speed) Rated operational current (max.) 0.6 A @ 120V~ and 0.3 A @ 240V~
Conventional thermal current ,th 1A
Make VA/break VA 432/72
Standard Features
Start times 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 s
Selectable soft start 15%, 25%, 35%, and 65% of locked rotor torque
Selectable current limit 150%, 250%, 350%, and 450% of full load current
Selectable kick start — 450% FLA 0, 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5 s
Selectable soft stop 100%, 200%, or 300% of the start time setting when wired
Weight — kg 1…37 A 0.86 (1.9)
(lbs) 43…85 A 2.25 (5)
Mechanical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
Resistance Operational 1.0 G peak, 0.152 mm (0.006 in.) displacement
to vibration Non-operational 2.5 G peak, 0.381 mm (0.015 in.) displacement
Resistance Operational 15 G
to shock Non-operational 30 G
Environmental
0…50 °C (32…122 °F) (open)
Operating temperature
0…40 °C (32…104 °F) (enclosed)
Storage temperature -25…85 °C (-13…185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% (non-condensing)
Pollution degree 2
Type of Protection IP2X
Other
UL/cUL IEC
EMC Conducted radio frequency emissions — Class A
emission
levels Radiated emissions — Class A
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV contact and 8kV air discharge
EMC Radio frequency electromagnetic field — Per IEC 60947-4-2
immunity
levels Fast transient — Per IEC 60947-4-2
Surge transient — Per IEC 60947-4-2
Wiring Diagrams Can be found in pub. 150-SG006C-EN-P or at www.ab.com/catalogs
✶ Overvoltage category II, when either control or auxiliary circuit is wired to a SELV or PELV circuit.

6-22 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-23

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Specifications, Continued

Side-Mount Auxiliary Contact Specifications


UL/cUL IEC
Rated Operational Voltage 250V AC/30V DC 250V AC/30V DC
Rated Insulation Voltage 250V 250V AC
Rated Impulse Voltage — 4 kV
Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC
Overvoltage Category — III ✶
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category C300/R150 AC-15/DC-13
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic Relay
No. of Contacts 1
TB-23, -24
(Normal/Up-to-Speed) Type of Contact Normally Open (N.O.)
TB-33, -34 Current AC/DC
(Normal/Up-to-Speed) Rated Operational Current (max.) 1.5 A @ 120V AC, 0.75A @ 240V AC, 1.17 A @ 24V DC
Conventional Thermal Current ,th 2.5 A
Make VA/Break VA 1800/180V AC, 28V DC
Utilization Category B300/R300 AC-15/DC-13
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic Relay
No. of Contacts 1
TB-11, -12 Type of Contact Normally Closed (N.C.)
(Normal/Up-to-Speed) Current AC/DC
Rated Operational Current (max.) 3 A @ 120V AC, 1.5A @ 240V AC, 1.17 A @ 24V DC
Conventional Thermal Current ,th 5A
Make VA/Break VA 3600/360 V AC, 28V DC
✶ Overvoltage category II when either control or auxiliary circuit is wired to a SELV or PELV circuit.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-23


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 05/02/2004 21:23 Page 6-24

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Trip Curves

SMC-3 Overload Trip Curves

Trip Class 10 Trip Class 15 Trip Class 20

Starts per Hour Curves

6-24 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-25

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. All dimensions are subject to
change.

Open Type

Controller A B C D E F G
1…37 A 44.8 (1-49/64) 139.7 (5-1/2) 100 (4-21/64) 35 (1-3/8) 132 (5-13/64) 46.4 (1.81) 2 (1/16)
43…85 A 72 (2.83) 206 (8.11) 130 (5.12) 55 (2.17) 198 (7.8) 102 (4.02 2 (1/16)

Minimum Enclosure Size

Controller A Width B Height C Depth Fan Requirements


1…37 A 224 (9) 305 (12) 152 (6) none
43…85 A 406 (16) 305 (12) 203 (8) none

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-25


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_3.qxd 04/02/2004 21:29 Page 6-26

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-3™
Accessories - Field Modifications

Accessories (SMC-3 and SMC-Delta)


Description N.O. N.C. Connection Diagram Cat. No.
1 0 150-CA10
Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting without
Sequence Terminal Designations 2 0 150-CA20
1- and 2-pole 0 1 150-CA01
Quick and easy mounting without tools
One block per device only 1 1 150-CA11

Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Fan
150-C3…37/150-D3…64 1 150-CF64
Field installed.

Connects 140M-C to
1 150-CC25
Connecting modules to 140M 150-C3…25/150-D3…25
Electrical interconnection between SMC-Delta/SMC-3 Connects 140M-D to
1 150-CD25
and 140M. 150-C3…25/150-D3…25
Motor protector and SMC must be mounted separately. Connects 140M-F to
1 150-CF45
150-C3…37/150-D3…32
Connecting modules to 100C Connects 100-C09…23 to
1 150-CI23
Electrical interconnection between SMC-Delta/SMC-3 150-C3…19/150-D3…20
and 100C. Connects 100-C30…37 to
Contactor and SMC must be mounted separately. 1 150-CI37
150-C3…37/150-D3…32

Description For Use With Cat. No.


150-C3…37NB or 150-D3…64NB 150-C84
480V Protective Module
150-C43…85NB or 150-D74…147NB 150-C84P
150-C3…37NC or 150-D3…64NC 150-C86
600V Protective Module
150-C43…85NC or 150-D74…147NC 150-C86P

Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.


Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17
150-C, 150-D 10 100-FMP
mm
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each 150-C, 150-D 100 100-FMC
To be used with marking tag sheets

Remote Reset Solenoid for remote reset of electronic


150-C, 150-D 1 193-ER1⊗
overload

⊗ Voltage Suffix Code


Available Coil Voltages 12… 600V 50 Hz/12…600V 60 Hz
Standard Coil Voltages
Voltage 24 48 110 115 120 220 220…230 240
50 Hz J — D — — A F —
60 Hz J — — — D — — A
DC Z24 Z48 — Z01 — — — —
Surcharge for special voltages up to 20 pcs. (no surcharge for quantities greater than 20 pcs.)

6-26 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Delta.qxd 04/02/2004 20:27 Page 6-27

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers - SMC-Delta™
Overview/Modes of Operation/Description of Features

Bulletin 150 — Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-Delta™ Table of Contents


Smart Motor Controller
The SMC-Delta™ is a compact, simple to use, solid-state motor controller designed to Cat. No.
operate 3-phase star-delta motors wired on an inside-the-delta configuration. This Identification . . . . . . . . 6-28
star-delta replacer is ideally designed for 6-lead motor applications. It features a built- Product Selection . . . 6-28
in overload relay and a built-in silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) bypass contactor on all
three phases, allowing a smaller footprint than traditional methods of starting. This
Specifications . . . . . . . 6-29
product is designed for many applications including compressors, chillers, pumps, Accessories (SMC-3
conveyors, and crushers. Modes of operation for the controller are as follows: and SMC-Delta) . . . . . 6-26
y Current Limit Start
y Coast to Rest
The controllers are available in 11 sizes: 3, 9, 16, 20, 25, 32, 51, 64, 74, 104, and 147
A. They offer two voltage ranges: 200…460V AC and 200…575V AC. All voltage
ranges will operate at either 50 or 60 Hz.
y 1…147 A Range
y Built-in Motor Overload Protection
y Built-in SCR Bypass

Standards Compliance/Approvals
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2 No. 14
y EN/IEC 60947-4-2
y cULus Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956)
y CE Marked (Open Type) per EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive

Description of Protection Features


Overload Protection
The SMC-Delta has a built-in overload feature. Trip class selection consists of either OFF, 10, 15, or 20. It provides improved protection
against the damage caused to motors when operated under phase loss conditions. Trip reset is selectable to either automatic or manual
mode. As standard, it includes a manually generated trip function, LED indication, and N.O. alarm contact.

Over-temperature
The SMC-Delta monitors the SCR temperature by means of internal thermistors. When the power poles maximum rated temperature is
reached, the microcomputer switches off the SMC and a TEMP fault is indicated via LED.

Phase Loss/Open Load


The unit will not attempt a start if there is a single-phase condition on the line. This protects from motor burnout during single-phase starting.

Phase Imbalance
The unit monitors for imbalance between phase currents. To prevent motor damage, the unit will trip if the phase imbalance exceeds
specified limits and a fault will be indicated on the LED.

Shorted SCR
Prior to every start, the unit will check all SCRs for shorts and unit load connections to the motor. If there is a shorted SCR in the SMC-Delta,
the start will be aborted and a shorted SCR fault will be indicated. This prevents damage from phase imbalance.

LED Description (Number of Flashes)


1. Overload
2. Overtemperature
3. Not Used
4. Phase Loss/Open Load
5. Phase Imbalance
6. Shorted SCR
7. Test

Specifications — Page 6-29


Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-32

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-27


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Delta.qxd 04/02/2004 20:27 Page 6-28

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers - SMC-Delta™
Cat. No. Identification/Product Selection
Χατ.
Χατ. Νο.
Νο. Ιδεντιφιχατιον
Ιδεντιφιχατιον

Open Type

150 – D 32 N B D
a b c d e f

a c d
Bulletin Number Ampere Ratings Enclosure Type
Code Description Code Description Code Description
150 Solid-State Controller 3 3A N Open
9 9A
b 16 16 A
e
Controller Type Input Line Voltage
20 20 A
Code Description Open Type
25 25 A
D SMC-Delta Code Description
32 32 A
B 200…460V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60 Hz
51 51 A
C 200…575V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60 Hz
64 64 A
74 74 A f
104 104 A Control Voltage
147 147 A Code Description
D 100…240V AC
R 24V AC/DC

Product Selection
Open Type Controllers

Up to 460V AC
kW Hp 100…240V
Current AC, 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC
Rating (A) 230V AC 380/400/415V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC Control Control
✶ 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…3 0.55 1.1 0.5 0.5 0.5…1.5 150-D3NBD 150-D3NBR
3…9 2.2 4 0.75…2 0.75…2 1.5…5 150-D9NBD 150-D9NBR
5.3…16 4 7.5 1.5…3 1.5…5 5…10 150-D16NBD 150-D16NBR
6.7…20 5.5 7.5 2…5 2…5 5…10 150-D20NBD 150-D20NBR
9.2…25 5.5 11 3…7.5 3…7.5 7.5…15 150-D25NBD 150-D25NBR
10.6…32 7.5 15 3…10 5…10 7.5…20 150-D32NBD 150-D32NBR
17…51 15 22 5…15 7.5…15 15…30 150-D51NBD 150-D51NBR
21.3…64 18.5 30 7.5…20 7.5…20 20…40 150-D64NBD 150-D64NBR
24.7…74 22 37 7.5…20 7.5…25 15…50 150-D74NBD 150-D74NBR
34.7…104 30 55 15…30 15…40 25…75 150-D104NBD 150-D104NBR
49…147 45 75 15…40 20…50 40…100 150-D147NBD 150-D147NBR

Up to 575V AC
kW Hp 100…240V
Current 380/400/415V AC, 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC
Rating (A) 230V AC AC 500V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 575V AC Control Control
✶ 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…3 0.55 1.1 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5…1.5 0.75…2 150-D3NCD 150-D3NCR
3…9 2.2 4 5.5 0.75…2 0.75…2 1.5…5 3…7.5 150-D9NCD 150-D9NCR
5.3…16 4 7.5 7.5 1.5…3 1.5…5 5…10 5…10 150-D16NCD 150-D16NCR
6.7…20 5.5 7.5 11 2…5 2…5 5…10 7.5…15 150-D20NCD 150-D20NCR
9.2…25 5.5 11 15 3…7.5 3…7.5 7.5…15 7.5…20 150-D25NCD 150-D25NCR
10.6…32 7.5 15 18.5 3…10 5…10 7.5…20 10…30 150-D32NCD 150-D32NCR
17…51 15 22 30 5…15 7.5…15 15…30 15…40 150-D51NCD 150-D51NCR
21.3…64 18.5 30 37 7.5…20 7.5…20 20…40 20…60 150-D64NCD 150-D64NCR
24.7…74 22 37 45 7.5…20 7.5…25 15…50 20…60 150-D74NCD 150-D74NCR
34.7…104 30 55 55 15…30 15…40 25…75 40…100 150-D104NCD 150-D104NCR
49…147 45 75 90 15…40 20…50 40…100 50…150 150-D147NCD 150-D147NCR
✶ Motor FLA must fall within the current range of the device.

Specifications — Page 6-29


Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-32

6-28 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Delta.qxd 04/02/2004 20:27 Page 6-29

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers - SMC-Delta™
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Electrical Ratings Cat. Nos. 150-…


Cat. No. D3 D9 D16 D20 D25 D32 D51 D64 D74 D104 D147
Rated operating current ,e
3 9 16 20 25 32 51 64 74 104 147
(A)
Heat
dissipation Continuous 7 7 7 8 8 10 14 19 27 42 74
(W)
Rated operating voltage 200…480, 500…600V AC 50/60 Hz, 3-phase (+10%, -15%)
Cable size: 2.5…25 mm2 (14…4 AWG) 2.5…95 mm2 (14…3/0 AWG)
Line Power
terminals Tightening
2.3…3.4 N•m (20…30 in-lbs) 11.3…12.4 N•m (100…110 in-lbs)
torque:
Cable size: 2.5…16 mm2 (14…6 AWG) 2.5…50 mm2 (14…1 AWG)
Load Power
terminals Tightening
2.3…3.4 N•m (20…30 in-lbs) 11.3…12.4 N•m (100…110 in-lbs)
torque:
Cable size: 0.2…2.5 mm2 (24…14 AWG)
Control
terminals Tightening
0.5…0.9 N•m (4.4…8.0 in-lbs)
torque:
Maximum continuous
3A 9A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 51 A 64 A 74 A 104 A 147 A
current
Maximum delta amps 1.74 5.2 9.3 11.6 14.5 17.4 29.6 36.5 42.8 60.1 85
Overload current range (A) 1…3 3…9 5.3…16 6.7…20 8.3…25 10.6…32 17…51 21.3…64 24.7…74 34.7…104 49…147
Control Voltage
100…240V AC or 24V AC/DC 50/60 Hz
Requirements
Short Circuit Coordination (Max Fuse or Circuit Breaker Size) Type 1
UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses 5 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination
10 A 35 A 60 A 80 A 100 A 125 A — — — — —
(600V)
UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses 10 kA Available Fault Current
UL Listed Combination
— — — — — — 200 A 250 A 250 A 400 A 500 A
(600V)
UL Listed Thermal Magnetic
5 kA Available Fault Current
Circuit Breaker
UL Listed Combination
10 A 35 A 60 A 80 A 100 A 125 A — — — — —
(600V)
UL Listed Thermal Magnetic
10 kA Available Fault Current
Circuit Breaker
UL Listed Combination
— — — — — — 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 400 A
(600V)
UL Listed Bulletin 140M
5 kA Available Fault Current
Motor Protection C.B.
UL Listed Combination
C25 C25 C25 F45 F45 F45 — — — — —
(600V)
Power Circuit
UL/cUL IEC
200…480V AC 200…480V~ — 400V~
Rated operational voltage
500…600V AC 500V~ — 500V~
Rated insulation voltage 600V AC 500V~
Dielectric withstand 2200V AC 2500V~
200…480V AC — 1400V 200…480V~ — 1400V
Repetitive peak
500…600V AC — 1600V 500V~ — 1600V
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization 1…64 A AC-53b: 3.5-15:3585
Intermittent duty
category 74…147 A AC-53b: 3.5-30:3570
Number of poles Equipment designed for 3-phase only
Rated impulse voltage 6 kV
DV/DT protection 1000 V/µs
Overvoltage Category III III
Environmental
0…50 °C (32…122 °F) (open)
Operating temperature
0…40 °C (32…104 °F) (enclosed)
Storage temperature -25…85 °C (-13…185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% (non-condensing)
Pollution degree 2
Type of Protection IP2X

Specifications — this page


Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-32

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-29


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Delta.qxd 04/02/2004 20:27 Page 6-30

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers - SMC-Delta™
Specifications, Continued

Control Circuit
UL/cUL IEC
Rated operational voltage (+10%, –15%) 100…240V AC, 24V AC/DC 100…240V~, 24V AC/DC
Rated insulation voltage 250V 250V~
Rated impulse voltage — 4 kV
Dielectric withstand 1500V AC 2000V~
Overvoltage category — III ✶
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Input onstate voltage minimum, during start (A1, 1) 85V AC, 19.2V DC/13.5V AC
Input onstate current, during start with fan (A1, 3…64 A 195 mA @ 120V AC/140 mA @ 240V AC, 790mA @24V DC/650 mA @24V AC
1) 74…147 A 200 mA @ 120V AC/100 mA @ 240V AC, 700 mA @24V AC/DC
Input offstate voltage maximum (A1, 1) 30V AC, 17V DC/12V AC
Input offstate current @ input offstate voltage (A1, 1) <2 mA
3…64 A 195 mA @ 120V AC / 140 mA @ 240V AC, 790 mA @ 24V DC / 650 mA @ 24V AC
Control power with fan, during start
74…147 A 200 mA @ 120V AC/100 mA @ 240V AC, 700 mA @24V AC/DC
Control power without fan, during start 185 mA @ 120V AC/125 mA @ 240V AC, 695 mA @24V DC/ 570 mA @ 24V AC
Auxiliary Contact
UL/cUL IEC
Rated operational voltage 250V AC/30V DC 250V~/30V DC
Rated insulation voltage 250V 250V~
Rated impulse voltage — 4 kV
Dielectric withstand 1500V AC 2000V~
Overvoltage category — III ✶
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization category D300 AC15
Type of control circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of contacts 1
Type of contacts Normally Open (N.O.)
TB-97, -98
Kind of current AC/DC
(OVLD/Fault)
Rated operational current (max.) 0.6 A @ 120V~ and 0.3 A @ 240V~
Conventional thermal current Ith 1A
Make VA/break VA 432/72
Standard Features
Start times 2, 5, 10, or 15 s
Selectable current limit 150%, 250%, 300%, and 350% of full load current
1…64 A 0.86 (1.9)
Weight — kg (lbs)
74…147 A 2.25 (5)
Mechanical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
Operational 1.0 G peak, 0.152 mm (0.006 in.) displacement
Resistance to vibration
Non-operational 2.5 G peak, 0.381 mm (0.015 in.) displacement
Operational 15 G
Resistance to shock
Non-operational 30 G
Other
UL/cUL IEC
EMC Conducted radio frequency emissions — Class A
emission
levels Radiated emissions — Class A
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV contact and 8kV air discharge
EMC Radio frequency electromagnetic field — Per IEC 60947-4-2
immunity
levels Fast transient — Per IEC 60947-4-2
Surge transient — Per IEC 60947-4-2
Wiring Diagrams Can be found in pub. 150-SG006C-EN-P or at www.ab.com/catalogs
✶ Overvoltage category II, when either control or auxiliary circuit is wired to a SELV or PELV circuit.

6-30 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Delta.qxd 05/02/2004 21:17 Page 6-31

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers - SMC-Delta™
Trip Curves

SMC-Delta Overload Trip Curves


Trip Class 10 Trip Class 15 Trip Class 20

Starts per Hour Curves

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-31


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Delta.qxd 04/02/2004 20:27 Page 6-32

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers - SMC-Delta™
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. All dimensions are subject to
change.

Open Type

Controller A B C D E F G
1…64 A 44.8 (1-49/64) 139.7 (5-1/2) 100 (4-21/64) 35 (1-3/8) 132 (5-13/64) 46.4 (1.81) 2 (1/16)
74…147 A 72 (2.83) 206 (8.11) 130 (5.12) 55 (2.17) 198 (7.8) 102 (4.02 2 (1/16)

Minimum Enclosure Size

Controller A Width B Height C Depth Fan Requirements


1…64 A 224 (9) 305 (12) 152 (6) none
74…147 A 406 (16) 305 (12) 203 (8) none

6-32 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_154_Smart_Torque_Controllers_STC.qxd 04/02/2004 17:17 Page 6-33

Bulletin 154
Smart Motor Controllers — STC Starting Torque Controller
Overview/Cat. No. Explanation/Product Selection

Bulletin 154 — Smart Motor Controllers — STC Starting Table of Contents


Torque Controller
Specifications . . . . . . . 6-34
The STC™ Starting Torque Controller is a compact, simple to use,
solid-state controller designed for low horsepower squirrel-cage Approximate
induction motors. It is intended to relieve the starting torque surge Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-35
encountered in typical across-the-line starting. This will allow for Standards Compliance/
smoother starts and decreased equipment downtime due to shock Approvals
and vibration problems.
y CE Marked (Open Type) Per
The STC™ Controller is available in three current rated sizes: 11 A, Low Voltage Directive
16 A and 22 A. It is offered in four voltage ranges: 100…120V, 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC
200…230V, 380…460V, and 500…575V, 50/60 Hz.
y CSA Certified (Open Type)
The STC™ Controller is intended to operate in conjunction with an (File No. LR 1234)
electromechanical motor starter. y UL Listed (Open Type) (File
y 11…22 A Ratings No. E96956, Guide No.
y Reduces Starting Torque Surges NMFT)

Cat. No. Explanation

154 – A11 N B
a b c d

a b c d
Bulletin Number Controller Rating Enclosure Type Input Line Voltage
Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description
154 Solid-State Controller A11 11 A, 1…7.5 Hp @ 460V AC N Open A 200…230V, 50/60 Hz
A16 16 A, 1…10 Hp @ 460V AC B 380…460V, 50/60 Hz
A22 22 A, 1…15 Hp @ 460V AC C 500…575V, 50/60 Hz
L 100…120V, 50/60 Hz
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Single-Phase Selection — Open Type


Current Rating (A) kW Hp Cat. No.
110…120V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 A 0.75 1/2 154-A11NL
16 A 1.1 1 154-A16NL
22 A 1.5 1-1/2 154-A22NL
200…230V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 A 1.5 1-1/2 154-A11NA
16 A 2.2 2 154-A16NA
22 A 3 3 154-A22NA

Three-Phase Selection — Open Type


Current Rating (A) kW Hp Cat. No.
200V AC, 60 Hz
11 A  3 154-A11NA
16 A  3 154-A16NA
22 A  5 154-A22NA
230V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 A 2.2 3 154-A11NA
16 A 4 5 154-A16NA
22 A 5.5 7-1/2 154-A22NA
380…460V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 A 4 7-1/2 154-A11NB
16 A 7.5 10 154-A16NB
22 A 11 15 154-A22NB
500…575V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 A 5.5 10 154-A11NC
16 A 7.5 10 154-A16NC
22 A 11 20 154-A22NC

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-33


Bulletin_154_Smart_Torque_Controllers_STC.qxd 04/02/2004 17:17 Page 6-34

Bulletin 154
Smart Motor Controllers — STC Starting Torque Controller
Specifications

Typical Across-the-Line Response STC™ Response Comparison of Across-the-Line


The figure above shows how starting torque The figure above shows how the STC Response versus STC™ Response
surge during motor starting can cause controller is effective in decreasing the The figure above shows the comparison of
damage to the motor and to driver magnitude of starting torque surges. the STC controller versus a typical across-
equipment. the-line start.
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Electrical Ratings
Cat. No. 154-A11… 154-A16… 154-A22…
Rated Operating
(A) 11 16 22
Current
Maximum Heat
(Watts) 15 18 24
Dissipation
Power Section Back-to-back SCR(s)
100…120, 200…230V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1-phase, or 200…230, 380…460,
Rated Operational Voltage (+10%, –15%)
500…575V AC, 50/60 Hz, 3-phase
Cable Size Power Terminals 1.5…6 mm2 (#14…12 AWG)
Thermal Capacity IEC 34 (S1), NEMA MG 1
Electrical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
1400V up to 480V Line
Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage Rating
1600V up to 600V Line
Selectable Start Times 0.1…4.5 seconds
Selectable Initial Torque Settings 10…80% Locked Rotor Torque
Noise and RF Immunity Surge Transient Peak 3400V. Showering Arc 1500V
DV/DT Protection RC Snubber Network
Mechanical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
Vibration 2.5 G for 60 minutes
Shock 30 G for 11 mSecs
Power Poles High temperature thermoplastic moldings
Construction Control Thermoplastic moldings
Metal Parts Anodized aluminum, plated brass or copper
Power Terminals 6.0 mm hole with clamping plate
Terminals
Power Terminals Markings CENELEC EN50 012, NEMA
Functional Design Specification
Wiring The STC controller is wired in series with a motor starter.
Setup
Configuring The STC controller is configured with rotary digital switches.
Standard Features From an initial torque setting, the STC controller increases the voltage gradually during the
Starting
acceleration period until full voltage is achieved.
Running Protection Motor overload protection is provided by the overload relay as part of the motor starter.
Environmental
Operating 0…+50 °C (+32…+122 °F)
Temperature
Storage –40…+85 °C (–40…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% RH (non-condensing)

Product Selection — Page 6-33

6-34 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_154_Smart_Torque_Controllers_STC.qxd 04/02/2004 17:17 Page 6-35

Bulletin 154
Smart Motor Controllers — STC Starting Torque Controller
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

11 A Controller

16…22 A Controller

Open Type
A B C Approx.
Controller Width Height Depth D E F G H Ship. Wt.
75 111 77 60 90 7.5 10 2 kg
11 A —
(2-61/64) (4-23/64) (3-1/32) (2-23/64) (3-35/64) (19/64) (3-35/64) (4.5 lbs)
122 127 101 24 110 90 6 18.5 2.25 kg
16 A
(4-13/16) (5) (3-31/32) (15/16) (4-21/64) (3-35/64) (1/4) (3/4) (5 lbs)
154 180 127 50 140 140 7 20 3.15 kg
22 A
(6-1/16) (7-3/32) (5) (1-31/32) (5-33/64) (5-33/64) (9/32) (25/32) (7 lbs)

Product Selection — Page 6-33

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-35


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:38 Page 6-36

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Overview

Bulletin 150 — Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™ Table of Contents


The SMC-2™ Controller is a compact, multi-functional, versatile solid-
state controller used in starting standard three-phase squirrel-cage Cat. No. Explanation 6-37
induction motors. Three standard modes of operation are available Product Selection . . . 6-38
within a single controller: Accessories . . . . . . . . . 6-41
y Soft Start Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
y Current Limit Start Specifications . . . . . . . 6-42
y Full Voltage Start Approximate
y Optional Soft Stop (Requires Interface Module) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-43
The SMC-2™ Controller is available in eight sizes: 5, 9, 16, 24, 35, 54, Enclosed Options . . . 6-68
68, and 97 A. It is offered in three voltage ranges: 200…230V,
380…460V, and 500…575V, 50/60 Hz.
The SMC-2™ Controller can be used in two configurations: as a series
controller and as a motor controller with an interface option.

Standards Compliance/Approvals
y CE Marked (Open Type) Per Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC
y CSA Certified (Open Type) (File No. LR1234)
y UL Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956, Guide No. NMFT)

Your order must include 1) cat. no. of the controller selected, 2) if required, suffix code and description of any modifications, and 3) if
required, cat. no. of any options or accessories.

Series Controller
The SMC-2 Controller is designed to operate in series with an electromechanical motor starter. The series mode has the following features:
y Eliminates the need for additional control wiring, simplifying initial installation.
y Works in unison with an existing electromechanical motor starter for easy retrofits.
y Allows easy set-up with digital adjustments eliminating the guesswork of setting analog potentiometers.

Controller with Interface Option


The SMC-2 Controller with the interface option is designed so it can be operated without an electromechanical motor starter. The SMC-2
Controller with the interface option offers the following features:
y Provides ON/OFF control directly to the controller through an external pilot device. In many applications the interface option may eliminate
the need for an additional contactor if electrical isolation or soft stop is not required. This reduces panel space requirements.
y Provides a selectable auxiliary contact, which operates as either an instantaneous or up-to-speed contact, making it available for a wide
variety of control schemes.
y Provides a Soft Stop feature that extends stopping time to minimize load shifting or spillage during stopping.
The interface option can be field or factory installed. For devices rated 5…16 A, this is a plug-in module. For devices rated 24…97 A, there is
a PC board that replaces the existing board.

Energy Saver
This built-in feature of the SMC-2 Controller is used to save energy on applications where the motor is lightly loaded or unloaded for long
periods of time.

Protective Module
In applications where the SMC-2 Controller is exposed to high or abnormal line transients, an optional protective module is available and can
be mounted on both the line and load side of the unit. The protective module contains MOVs (Metal Oxide Varistors) that protect the SCR
from line surges and snubber networks to shunt noise energy away.

6-36 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:38 Page 6-37

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Cat. No. Explanation
Χατ. Νο. Εξπλανατιον

Open and Non-Combination


150 – A05 N B – D1 – 8L4 – NA – 7
a b c d e f g h
a d f
Bulletin Number Input Line Voltage Protective Modules‡
Code Description Code Description Both Line and
Line Side
150 Solid-State Controller 200…230V AC (+10%, Load
A –15%), 50 and 60 Hz, 230V AC 8L2 230V AC 8B2§
b 3-phase 460V AC 8L4 460V AC 8B4§
Controller Ratings 380…460V AC (+10%, 575V AC 8L6 575V AC 8B6§
Max Hp Max kW B –15%), 50 and 60 Hz,
Code Amps
200 230 460 575 220 380 415 500
3-phase g
500…575+10%, –15%), 50 Interface Option♣
A05 5 1 1 3 3 1.1 2.2 2.2 3
C and 60 Hz,
A09 9 2 2 5 7-1/2 2.2 4 4 5.5 3-phase Code Control Voltage
A16 16 3 5 10 10 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 200…240V (+10%, –15%),
NA
A24 24 5 7-1/2 15 20 5.5 11 11 15 e 50 and 60 Hz, single-phase
Overload Relay Selection✶† 100…120V (+10%, –15%),
A35 35 10 10 25 30 10 18.5 22 22 ND
Code Current Rating 50 and 60 Hz, single-phase
A54 54 15 20 40 50 15 22 30 37
A68 68 20 25 50 60 18.5 33 37 45 C1 0.32…1.0 h
A97 97 30 30 75 75 25 45 55 63 D1 1.0…2.9 External Reset➤
E1 1.6…5.0 Code Description
c F1 3.7…12 For NEMA Type 4 (IP65) or
Enclosure Type™ H1 12…32 7
NEMA Type 12 (IP64)
Code Description H2 12…38
N Open
For a listing of available
J2 14…45
options, please see page 6-68
F NEMA Type 4 (IP65) K3 23…75
J NEMA Type 12 L4 66…110

Combination
152C – W05 J BD – D1 – ND – 8L4
a b c d e f g
a c d
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type™ Input Line Voltage
Code Description Code Description Control Wiring Method
Combination Solid-State Reduced F NEMA Type 4 (IP65) Separate Control
AC Line
152C Voltage Controller with Fusible Hz Common 120V/60 110V/50
J NEMA Type 12 (IP64) Voltage
Disconnect and Isolation Contactor Hz Hz
Combination Solid-State Reduced Secondary Secondary
Voltage Controller with Fusible 200 50 H — HS
152X Disconnect, 120V Interface Module and 208 60 H HD —
Control Circuit Transformer, without
230 60 A AD —
Isolation Contactor
400 50 I — NS
b 460 60 B BD —
Controller Ratings 500 50 M — MS
Max Hp Max kW 575 60 C CD —
Code Amps
200 230 460 575 220 380 415 500
W05 5 1 1 3 3 1.1 2.2 2.2 3
e
W09 9 2 2 5 7-1/2 2.2 4 4 5.5 Overload Selectiona
W16 16 3 5 10 10 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 Code Current Rating
W24 24 5 7-1/2 15 20 5.5 11 11 15 See table “e” above for details
W35 35 10 10 25 30 10 18.5 22 22 f
W54 54 15 20 40 50 15 22 30 37 Interface Option♣
W68 68 20 25 50 60 18.5 33 37 45 Code Control Voltage
W97 97 30 30 75 75 25 45 55 63 200…230V (+10%, –15%), 50 and 60 Hz,
NA
✶ IEC overload relays are rated for Class 10 operation. single-phase
† Overload option for 5…16 A only (open type) and non-combination or combination unit (5…97 A units). 100…120V (+10%, –15%), 50 and 60 Hz,
‡ Protective modules factory installed on 5…54 A units only. 68 and 97 A are field modifications only. ND
single-phase
§ When an IEC overload relay is selected, protective modules are limited to line side only. (For 5…16 A
rated controllers only.) g
♣ Interface option provides selectable auxiliary contact and Soft Stop feature.
Protective Modules‡§
➤ External overload reset available for 5…97 A rated controllers ordered as a non-combination or
combination unit with an overload relay. Line Side Both Line and Load
a IEC overload relays are rated for Class 10 operation for 5…97 A rated controllers only. See Table “e” 230V AC 8L2 230V AC 8B2
for IEC overload selection. For 24…97 A rated controllers, NEMA overloads are furnished as standard. 460V AC 8L4 460V AC 8B4
 Requires control power source.
575V AC 8L6 575V AC 8B6
™ 97 A Type 4 SMC-2 Smart Motor Controllers include Bulletin 100 bypass contactors wired for 120V AC
50/60 Hz control. For a listing of available options, please see
page 6-68

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-37


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:38 Page 6-38

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Open Type and Non-Combination Controllers


Open type is a stand-alone SMC-2 Controller. Options which can be added to open type 5…16 A controllers are an interface module, solid-
state type overload relay, and protective module(s).
Non-combination is the SMC-2 Controller in an IP65 (Type 4) or IP54 (Type 12) enclosure. It is available with the same options as the Open
Type and is also available with an external reset for overloads. See Accessories and Options on page 6-41. For a listing of all available
options, please see page 6-68.
IP65 — NEMA IP54 — NEMA
Rated Operational Open Type Type 4 Enclosure Type 12 Enclosure
Current kW Hp Cat. No.† Dimension Code✶ Cat. No.† Cat. No.†
200V AC, 50/60 Hz
5A  1/3…1 150-A05NA S 150-A05FA 150-A05JA
9A  1/3…2 150-A09NA S 150-A09FA 150-A09JA
16 A  1/3…3 150-A16NA T 150-A16FA 150-A16JA
24 A  1…5 150-A24NA U 150-A24FA 150-A24JA
35 A  1…10 150-A35NA U 150-A35FA 150-A35JA
54 A  1…15 150-A54NA U 150-A54FA 150-A54JA
68 A  1…20 150-A68NA V 150-A68FA 150-A68JA
97 A  1…30 150-A97NA V 150-A97FA‡ 150-A97JA‡
230V AC, 50/60 Hz
5A 1.1 1/3…1 150-A05NA S 150-A05FA 150-A05JA
9A 2.2 1/3…2 150-A09NA S 150-A09FA 150-A09JA
16 A 4 1/3…5 150-A16NA T 150-A16FA 150-A16JA
24 A 5.5 1…7-1/2 150-A24NA U 150-A24FA 150-A24JA
35 A 7.5 1…10 150-A35NA U 150-A35FA 150-A35JA
54 A 15 1…20 150-A54NA U 150-A54FA 150-A54JA
68 A 18.5 1…25 150-A68NA V 150-A68FA 150-A68JA
97 A 25 1…30 150-A97NA V 150-A97FA‡ 150-A97JA‡
400…460V AC, 50/60 Hz
5A 2.2 1/3…3 150-A05NB S 150-A05FB 150-A05JB
9A 4 1/3…5 150-A09NB S 150-A09FB 150-A09JB
16 A 7.5 1/3…10 150-A16NB T 150-A16FB 150-A16JB
24 A 11 1…15 150-A24NB U 150-A24FB 150-A24JB
35 A 22 1…25 150-A35NB U 150-A35FB 150-A35JB
54 A 30 1…40 150-A54NB U 150-A54FB 150-A54JB
68 A 37 1…50 150-A68NB V 150-A68FB 150-A68JB
97 A 55 1…75 150-A97NB V 150-A97FB‡ 150-A97JB‡
500…575V AC, 50/60 Hz
5A 3 1/3…3 150-A05NC S 150-A05FC 150-A05JC
9A 5.5 1/3…7-1/2 150-A09NC S 150-A09FC 150-A09JC
16 A 7.5 1/3…10 150-A16NC T 150-A16FC 150-A16JC
24 A 15 1…20 150-A24NC U 150-A24FC 150-A24JC
35 A 22 1…30 150-A35NC U 150-A35FC 150-A35JC
54 A 30 1…50 150-A54NC U 150-A54FC 150-A54JC
68 A 45 1…60 150-A68NC V 150-A68FC 150-A68JC
97 A 63 1…75 150-A97NC V 150-A97FC‡ 150-A97JC‡
✶ Optional accessories may increase panel dimensions.
† For factory-installed options, add the appropriate suffix from page 6-41.
‡ 97 A (Type 4 and Type 12) controllers include bypass contactors.

Accessories — Page 6-41


Options — Page 6-41
Specifications — Page 6-42
Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-43

6-38 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:39 Page 6-39

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Product Selection, Continued

IP65 (Type 4) Combination Controllers†‡§


Combination controllers can be ordered with or without the isolation 24…97 A controllers. A combination controller without the isolation
contactor. A combination controller with the isolation contactor contactor consists of a rod operated fusible disconnect, the SMC-2
consists of a rod-operated fusible disconnect, the SMC-2 Controller, Controller with an interface option, a control circuit transformer, and
and a 3-pole thermal overload relay. For 5…97 A controllers, the a 3-pole thermal overload relay. Again, for 5…97 A controllers, the
current range of the solid-state overload relay must be selected current range must be selected for a solid-state overload or a
from the chart on page 6-41. Otherwise, a eutectic alloy type eutectic alloy type overload will be provided (less elements).
overload relay (less elements) will be provided in place of the solid-
For a listing of all available options, please see page 6-68.
state overload. Eutectic alloy overloads are standard on enclosed

Rated With Isolation Without Isolation Rated With Isolation Without Isolation
Opera- Contactor Contactor Opera- Contactor Contactor
tional Dimension tional Dim.
Current kW Hp Code Cat. No. Cat. No. Current kW Hp Code Cat. No. Cat. No.
220V AC, 50 Hz 200V AC, 60 Hz
5A 1.1  S 152C-W05FA♣ 152X-W05FA-ND-6P 5A  1/3…1 S 152C-W05FH♣ 152X-W05FH-ND-6P
9A 2.2  T 152C-W09FA♣ 152X-W09FA-ND-6P 9A  1/3…2 T 152C-W09FH♣ 152X-W09FH-ND-6P
16 A 4  T 152C-W16FA♣ 152X-W16FA-ND-6P 16 A  1/3…3 T 152C-W16FH♣ 152X-W16FH-ND-6P
24 A 5.5  U 152C-W24FA♣ 152X-W24FA-ND-6P 24 A  1…5 U 152C-W24FH♣ 152X-W24FH-ND-6P
35 A 7.5  U 152C-W35FA♣ 152X-W35FA-ND-6P 35 A  1…10 U 152C-W35FH♣ 152X-W35FH-ND-6P
54 A 15  V 152C-W54FA♣ 152X-W54FA-ND-6P 54 A  1…15 V 152C-W54FH♣ 152X-W54FH-ND-6P
68 A 18.5  V 152C-W68FA♣ 152X-W68FA-ND-6P 68 A  1…20 V 152C-W68FH♣ 152X-W68FH-ND-6P
97 A 25  V 152C-W97FA♣➤ 152X-W97FA-ND-6P➤ 97 A  1…30 V 152C-W97FH♣➤ 152X-W97FH-ND-6P➤
400V AC, 50 Hz 230V AC, 60 Hz
5A 2.2  S 152C-W05FI♣ 152X-W05FI-ND-6P 5A  1/3…1 S 152C-W05FA♣ 152X-W05FA-ND-6P
9A 4  T 152C-W09FI♣ 152X-W09FI-ND-6P 9A  1/3…2 T 152C-W09FA♣ 152X-W09FA-ND-6P
16 A 7.5  T 152C-W16FI♣ 152X-W16FI-ND-6P 16 A  1/3…5 T 152C-W16FA♣ 152X-W16FA-ND-6P
24 A 11  U 152C-W24FI♣ 152X-W24FI-ND-6P 24 A  1…7-1/2 U 152C-W24FA♣ 152X-W24FA-ND-6P
35 A 22  U 152C-W35FI♣ 152X-W35FI-ND-6P 35 A  1…10 U 152C-W35FA♣ 152X-W35FA-ND-6P
54 A 30  V 152C-W54FI♣ 152X-W54FI-ND-6P 54 A  1…20 V 152C-W54FA♣ 152X-W54FA-ND-6P
68 A 37  V 152C-W68FI♣ 152X-W68FI-ND-6P 68 A  1…25 V 152C-W68FA♣ 152X-W68FA-ND-6P
97 A 55  V 152C-W97FI♣➤ 152X-W97FI-ND-6P➤ 97 A  1…30 V 152C-W97FA♣➤ 152X-W97FA-ND-6P➤
500V AC, 50 Hz 460V AC, 60 Hz
5A 3  S 152C-W05FM♣ 152X-W05FM-ND-6P 5A  1/3…3 S 152C-W05FB♣ 152X-W05FB-ND-6P
9A 5.5  T 152C-W09FM♣ 152X-W09FM-ND-6P 9A  1/3…5 T 152C-W09FB♣ 152X-W09FB-ND-6P
16 A 7.5  T 152C-W16FM♣ 152X-W16FM-ND-6P 16 A  1/3…10 T 152C-W16FB♣ 152X-W16FB-ND-6P
24 A 15  U 152C-W24FM 152X-W24FM-ND-6P 24 A  1…15 U 152C-W24FB♣ 152X-W24FB-ND-6P
35 A 22  U 152C-W35FM♣ 152X-W35FM-ND-6P 35 A  1…25 U 152C-W35FB♣ 152X-W35FB-ND-6P
54 A 30  V 152C-W54FM♣ 152X-W54FM-ND-6P 54 A  1…40 V 152C-W54FB♣ 152X-W54FB-ND-6P
68 A 45  V 152C-W68FM♣ 152X-W68FM-ND-6P 68 A  1…50 V 152C-W68FB♣ 152X-W68FB-ND-6P
97 A 63  V 152C-W97FM♣➤ 152X-W97FM-ND-6P➤ 97 A  1…75 V 152C-W97FB♣➤ 152X-W97FB-ND-6P➤
575V AC, 60 Hz
5A  1/3…3 S 152C-W05FC♣ 152X-W05FC-ND-6P
9A  1/3…7-1/2 T 152C-W09FC♣ 152X-W09FC-ND-6P
16 A  1/3…10 T 152C-W16FC♣ 152X-W16FC-ND-6P
24 A  1…20 U 152C-W24FC♣ 152X-W24FC-ND-6P
35 A  1…30 U 152C-W35FC♣ 152X-W35FC-ND-6P
54 A  1…50 V 152C-W54FC♣ 152X-W54FC-ND-6P
68 A  1…60 V 152C-W68FC♣ 152X-W68FC-ND-6P
97 A  1…75 V 152C-W97FC♣➤ 152X-W97FC-ND-6P➤

† For 5…97 A controllers, a solid-state overload current range must be selected from the chart on page 6-41 and the suffix added to the cat. no. Otherwise, a
eutectic alloy overload will be provided.
‡ Refer to page 6-42 for fuse clip sizing and type information.
§ Fuses are not included.
♣ For 120V, 60 Hz separate control, add the letter “D” after the 9th character. For 110V, 50 Hz separate control, add the letter “S” after the 9th character.
Example: Cat. No. 152C-W05FH becomes Cat. No. 152C-W05FHD for 120V, 60 Hz separate control.
➤ 97 A Type 4 SMC-2 Smart Motor Controllers include Bulletin 100 bypass contactors wired for 120V AC 50/60 Hz control.

Accessories — Page 6-41


Options — Page 6-41
Specifications — Page 6-42
Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-43

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-39


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:39 Page 6-40

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Product Selection, Continued

IP54 (Type 12) Combination Controllers†‡§


Combination controllers can be ordered with or without the isolation 24…97 A controllers. A combination controller without the isolation
contactor. A combination controller with the isolation contactor contactor consists of a rod-operated fusible disconnect, the SMC-2
consists of a rod operated fusible disconnect, the SMC-2 Controller, Controller with an interface option, a control circuit transformer, and
and a 3-pole thermal overload relay. For 5…97 A controllers, the a 3-pole thermal overload relay. Again, for 5…97 A controllers, the
current range of the solid-state overload relay must be selected current range must be selected for a solid-state overload or a
from the chart on page 6-41. Otherwise, a eutectic alloy type eutectic alloy type overload will be provided (less elements).
overload relay (less elements) will be provided in place of the solid-
For a listing of all available options, please see page 6-68.
state overload. Eutectic alloy overloads are standard on enclosed

Current With Isolation Without Isolation Current With Isolation Without Isolation
Rating Dimension Contactor Contactor Rating Dim. Contactor Contactor
(A) kW Hp Code Cat. No. Cat. No. (A) kW Hp Code Cat. No. Cat. No.
220V AC, 50 Hz 200V AC, 60 Hz
5A 1.1  S 152C-W05JA♣ 152X-W05JA-ND-6P 5A  1/3…1 S 152C-W05JH♣ 152X-W05JH-ND-6P
9A 2.2  T 152C-W09JA♣ 152X-W09JA-ND-6P 9A  1/3…2 T 152C-W09JH♣ 152X-W09JH-ND-6P
16 A 4  T 152C-W16JA♣ 152X-W16JA-ND-6P 16 A  1/3…3 T 152C-W16JH♣ 152X-W16JH-ND-6P
24 A 5.5  U 152C-W24JA♣ 152X-W24JA-ND-6P 24 A  1…5 U 152C-W24JH♣ 152X-W24JH-ND-6P
35 A 7.5  U 152C-W35JA♣ 152X-W35JA-ND-6P 35 A  1…10 U 152C-W35JH♣ 152X-W35JH-ND-6P
54 A 15  V 152C-W54JA♣ 152X-W54JA-ND-6P 54 A  1…15 V 152C-W54JH♣ 152X-W54JH-ND-6P
68 A 18.5  V 152C-W68JA♣ 152X-W68JA-ND-6P 68 A  1…20 V 152C-W68JH♣ 152X-W68JH-ND-6P
97 A 25  V 152C-W97JA♣➤ 152X-W97JA-ND-6P♣➤ 97 A  1…30 V 152C-W97JH♣➤ 152X-W97JH-ND-6P➤
400V AC, 50 Hz 230V AC, 60 Hz
5A 2.2  S 152C-W05JI♣ 152X-W05JI-ND-6P 5A  1/3…1 S 152C-W05JA♣ 152X-W05JA-ND-6P
9A 4  T 152C-W09JI♣ 152X-W09JI-ND-6P 9A  1/3…2 T 152C-W09JA♣ 152X-W09JA-ND-6P
16 A 7.5  T 152C-W16JI♣ 152X-W16JI-ND-6P 16 A  1/3…5 T 152C-W16JA♣ 152X-W16JA-ND-6P
24 A 11  U 152C-W24JI♣ 152X-W24JI-ND-6P 24 A  1…7-1/2 U 152C-W24JA♣ 152X-W24JA-ND-6P
35 A 22  U 152C-W35JI♣ 152X-W35JI-ND-6P 35 A  1…10 U 152C-W35JA♣ 152X-W35JA-ND-6P
54 A 30  V 152C-W54JI♣ 152X-W54JI-ND-6P 54 A  1…20 V 152C-W54JA♣ 152X-W54JA-ND-6P
68 A 37  V 152C-W68JI♣ 152X-W68JI-ND-6P 68 A  1…25 V 152C-W68JA♣ 152X-W68JA-ND-6P
97 A 55  V 152C-W97JI♣➤ 152X-W97JI-ND-6P➤ 97 A  1…30 V 152C-W97JA♣➤ 152X-W97JA-ND-6P➤
500V AC, 50 Hz 460V AC, 60 Hz
5A 3  S 152C-W05JM♣ 152X-W05JM-ND-6P 5A  1/3…3 S 152C-W05JB♣ 152X-W05JB-ND-6P
9A 5.5  T 152C-W09JM♣ 152X-W09JM-ND-6P 9A  1/3…5 T 152C-W09JB♣ 152X-W09JB-ND-6P
16 A 7.5  T 152C-W16JM♣ 152X-W16JM-ND-6P 16 A  1/3…10 T 152C-W16JB♣ 152X-W16JB-ND-6P
24 A 15  U 152C-W24JM♣ 152X-W24JM-ND-6P 24 A  1…15 U 152C-W24JB♣ 152X-W24JB-ND-6P
35 A 22  U 152C-W35JM♣ 152X-W35JM-ND-6P 35 A  1…25 U 152C-W35JB♣ 152X-W35JB-ND-6P
54 A 30  V 152C-W54JM♣ 152X-W54JM-ND-6P 54 A  1…40 V 152C-W54JB♣ 152X-W54JB-ND-6P
68 A 45  V 152C-W68JM♣ 152X-W68JM-ND-6P 68 A  1…50 V 152C-W68JB♣ 152X-W68JB-ND-6P
97 A 63  V 152C-W97JM♣➤ 152X-W97JM-ND-6P➤ 97 A  1…75 V 152C-W97JB♣➤ 152X-W97JB-ND-6P➤
575V AC, 60 Hz
5A  1/3…3 S 152C-W05JC♣ 152X-W05JC-ND-6P
9A  1/3…7-1/2 T 152C-W09JC♣ 152X-W09JC-ND-6P
16 A  1/3…10 T 152C-W16JC♣ 152X-W16JC-ND-6P
24 A  1…20 U 152C-W24JC♣ 152X-W24JC-ND-6P
35 A  1…30 U 152C-W35JC♣ 152X-W35JC-ND-6P
54 A  1…50 V 152C-W54JC♣ 152X-W54JC-ND-6P
68 A  1…60 V 152C-W68JC♣ 152X-W68JC-ND-6P
97 A  1…75 V 152C-W97JC♣➤ 152X-W97JC-ND-6P➤

† For 5…97 A controllers, a solid-state overload current range must be selected from the chart on page 6-41 and the suffix added to the cat. no. Otherwise, a
eutectic alloy overload will be provided.
‡ Refer to page 6-42 for fuse clip sizing and type information.
§ Fuses are not included.
♣ For 120V, 60 Hz separate control, add the letter “D” after the 9th character. For 110V, 50 Hz separate control, add the letter “S” after the 9th character.
Example: Cat. No. 152C-W05FH becomes Cat. No. 152C-W05FHD for 120V, 60 Hz separate control.
➤ 97 A Type 12 SMC-2 Smart Motor Controllers include Bulletin 100 bypass contactors wired for 120V AC 50/60 Hz control.

Accessories — Page 6-41


Options — Page 6-41
Specifications — Page 6-42
Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-43

6-40 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:39 Page 6-41

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Accessories/Options

Accessories
Protective Module
The Protective Module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC-2 Controller. When the solid-state overload is used on a 5…16 A device,
the Protective Module will mount only on the line side.
AC Standard SMC-2 Field Factory Modification Factory Modification
Control Voltage, Current Rating Modification Suffix No., Line or Load Suffix No., Both Line and
50/60 Hz (A) Cat. No. Side✶ Load Side
5…16 150-N82T

24…54 150-N82P
200…240 -8L2 -8B2
68 A 150-N82P6

97 A 150-N82P9

5…16 150-N84T

Protective Module for 5…16 A 24…54 150-N84P


380…480 -8L4 -8B4
68 A 150-N84P6

97 A 150-N84P9

5…16 150-N86T

24…54 150-N86P
500…600 -8L6 -8B6
68 A 150-N86P6

Protective Module for 24…97 A 97 A 150-N86P9

✶ One Protective Module is provided, which will mount on either the line side or the load side. If a solid-state overload relay is used, the Protective Module
mounts on the line side only.
Οπτιονσ

Interface Option for Soft Stop ✶ and Auxiliary Contact Overloads


The interface option provides ON/OFF control through an external Solid-State Overload Relay ‡
device, a selectable auxiliary contact, and the soft stop feature. The
Current Rating (A) Suffix
interface option for the 24…97 A controller is a Printed Circuit Board
(PCB) that replaces the existing board. 0.32…1.0 -C1
1.0…2.9 -D1
SMC-2 1.6…5.0 -E1
Current Line Factory
Rating Control Voltage, Modification 3.7…12 -F1
(A) Voltage Max. Cat. No. Suffix No. 12…32 -H1
120V 12…38 -H2
(+10%, 200…600 150-ND -ND 14…45 -J2
-15%)
5…16 23…75 -K3
240V
66…110 -L4
(+10%, 200…600 150-NA -NA
-15%) ‡ Overload relay option for 5…16 A open type and non-combination
240 150-N2D† controllers 5…97 A. Overload provided as standard for combination units
120V
and at no additional cost.
(+10%, 480 150-N4D† -ND
-15%) 600 150-N6D† Solid-State overload relays are rated for Class 10 operation only. If
24…97 an overload is selected for the SMC-2 Controller, the current range
240V 240 150-N2A†
(+10%, 480 150-N4A† -NA must be indicated and the suffix added to the cat. no. (for 5…16 A
Interface Module
for 5…16 A -15%) open type controller and 5…97 A non-combination and combination
600 150-N6A†
controllers).
✶ When Soft Stop is used without an isolation contactor, and the overload
trips, the SMC-2 Controller will Soft Stop, not coast-to-stop. NEMA Overload Relay
† Field Kit consists of a new control board for unit. The eutectic alloy overload relay is not available on the 5…16 A
non-combination or open type SMC-2 Controllers. To add a eutectic
alloy overload relay to a combination controller, consult your local
Allen-Bradley distributor.

External Overload Relay Reset


Add the suffix “-7” to any enclosed SMC-2 Controller (NEMA Type 4
and 12 non-combination or combination controller) containing an
Product Selection — Page 6-38 overload relay.
Options — this page
Specifications — Page 6-42
Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-43

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-41


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:39 Page 6-42

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Electrical Ratings
Cat. No. 150-A05… 150-A09… 150-A16… 150-A24… 150-A35… 150-A54… 150-A68… 150-A97…
Rated Operating Current (A) 5 9 16 24 35 54 68 97
Maximum Heat Dissipation (Watts) 32 45 70 80 120 170 215 285
Power Terminals 1.5…6 mm2 1.5…6 mm2 1.5…6 mm2 10 mm2 10 mm2 10 mm2 25 mm2 50 mm2
Cable Size #14…12 #14…12 #14…12
Interface Option Terminals #8 AWG #8 AWG #4 AWG #2 AWG #1/0 AWG
AWG AWG AWG
Rated Operational Voltage (+10%, –15%) 200…240, 380…480, 500…600V AC, 50/60 Hz, 3-phase
Thermal Capacity IEC 34 (S1), NEMA MG1
Interface Option Voltage (+10%, –15%) 100/120V or 200/240V, 50/60 Hz, 1-phase
Power Requirements 15 VA Maximum
Heatsink Fan — — — — — — — 45 VA
Auxiliary Contact Rating NEMA C300 IEC AC-15
Electrical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage Rating 1200V up to 240V Line, 1400V up to 480V Line, 1600V up to 600V Line
Selectable Soft Start Times 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, and 30 seconds
Current Limit Times 15 and 30 seconds
Selectable Across-the-Line Starting 1/10 second
Soft Stop Times 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55, 110 seconds
Noise and RF Immunity Surge Transient Peak 3400V. Showering Arc 1500V
DV/DT Protection RC Snubber Network
Transient Protection (Optional) Metal Oxide Varistors: (80 joules)
Mechanical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
Vibration 2.5 G for 60 minutes
Shock 30 G for 11 mSecs
Power Poles High temperature thermoplastic moldings
Construction Control Thermoplastic moldings
Metal Parts Anodized aluminum, plated brass, or copper
Power Terminals 6.0 mm hole with clamping plate
Terminals Control Terminals UNC 6-32 Screw with self-tilting clamp plate
Power Terminal Markings CENELEC EN50 012, NEMA
Functional Design Specifications
Wiring The SMC-2 Controller without options is wired in series with a motor starter.
Setup
Adjustments The SMC-2 Controller is configured with DIP switches and a rotary digital switch.
Soft Start, Current Limit, Full Voltage in one unit.
Standard Three Modes The controller has pre-start protection from phase loss and shorted SCRs. An LED is provided to indicate the status
Starting
Features Protection of the unit. The LED is ON when 3-phase power is applied. A flashing LED indicates one of three conditions: shorted
SCR or phase loss during start, or a stalled motor during run.
Protection Stall protection available during starting and run condition for additional motor protection.
Running
Energy Level Built-in energy saver available for low load conditions.
2- and 3-wire control for wider variety of applications. Interface option requires no additional space and can be
Optional Setup Wiring
factory or field installed.
Interface
Starting Auxiliary Selectable auxiliary contact available for either up-to-speed or instantaneous operation.
Features
Stopping Module allows for soft stopping to minimize load shifting. Also adjusted from standard DIP switches.
Environmental
Operating 0…+50 °C (+32…+122 °F)
Temperature
Storage –40…+85 °C (–40…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)

Fuse Clip Sizing and Type for Fusible Combination Controllers ✶†


Horsepower @ 480V Fuse Clip Size/Type Fuse Size Range
15 30 A/Class J 0…30
20 60 A/Class J 31…60
25 60 A/Class J 31…60
30 60 A/Class J 31…60
40 100 A/Class J 61…100
50 100 A/Class J 61…100
60 200 A/Class J 101…200
75 200 A/Class J 101…200

✶ Consult NEC Handbook for proper fuse sizing guidelines.


† Optional fuse clip sizes and types are available upon request. Consult factory.

Product Selection — Page 6-38


Options — Page 6-41

6-42 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:39 Page 6-43

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Approximate Dimensions

Open Type
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

A B C Approx.
Controller Width Height Depth D E F Ship. Wt.
5A 122 (4-13/16) 127 (5) 134 (5-9/32) 24 (61/64) 110 (4-11/32) 90 (3-35/64) 2 kg (4.5 lbs)
9A 122 (4-13/16) 180 (7-3/32) 134 (5-9/32) 24 (61/64) 110 (4-11/32) 140 (5-33/64) 2.25 kg (5 lbs)
16 A 154 (6-5/64) 180 (7-3/32) 160 (6-5/16) 50 (1-31/32) 140 (5-33/64) 140 (5-33/64) 3.15 kg (7 lbs)

A B C Approx.
Controller Width Height Depth D E F G H J K Ship. Wt.
4.5 kg
24…35 A 214 (8-27/64) 250 (9-27/32) 160 (6-19/64) 34 (1-11/32) 60 (2-23/64) 200 (7-7/8) 220 (8-21/32) 15 (19/32) 7 (17/64) 8 (21/64)
(10 lbs)
6.8 kg
54 A…68 A 244 (9-39/64) 290 (11-27/64) 190 (7-31/64) 34 (1-11/32) 90 (3-35/64) 230 (9-1/16) 250 (9-27/32) 20 (51/64) 7 (17/64) 8 (21/64)
(15 lbs)

Product Selection — Page 6-38


Options — Page 6-41

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-43


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_2.qxd 04/02/2004 17:39 Page 6-44

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC-2™
Approximate Dimensions, Continued

Open Type, Continued


Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

A B C Approx.
Controller Width Height Depth D E F G H J K Ship. Wt.
97 A 248 (9-25/32) 336 (13-15/64) 230 (9-3/64) 128 (5-3/64) 220 (8-43/64) 250 (9-55/64) 40 (1-5/8) 14 (35/64) 9.5 (3/8) 25.4 (1) 10.5 kg (23 lbs)

Enclosed Type✶

Non-Combination Controllers Combination Controllers with Fusible Disconnect


A B C A B C
Dimension Code Width Height Depth Width Height Depth
S 154 (6-5/64) 290 (11-27/64) 140 (5-33/64) 400 (16) 350 (14) 210 (8)
T 154 (6-5/64) 290 (11-27/64) 171 (6-47/64) 406 (16) 610 (24) 230 (9)
U 244 (9-39/64) 410 (16-9/64) 218 (8-37/64) 610 (24) 762 (30) 276 (12)
V 610 (24) 762 (30) 276 (12) 762 (30) 965 (38) 302 (14)
✶ Any option(s) added to enclosed controllers may change size of enclosure.

Product Selection — Page 6-38


Options — Page 6-41

6-44 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:18 Page 6-45

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Overview/Modes of Operation/Description of Options

Bulletin 150 — Smart Motor Controllers — SMC Plus™ Table of Contents


The SMC PLUS™ Solid-State Motor Controller provides
microcomputer controlled starting for standard three-phase squirrel- Cat. No. Explanation 6-46
cage induction motors. Three standard modes of operation are Product Selection . . . 6-47
Cat. No. available within a single controller: Accessories . . . . . . . . . 6-49
150-A24NBD y Soft Start with Selectable Kickstart Open Type Options . 6-49
y Current Limit Start Specifications . . . . . . . 6-50
y Full Voltage Start Approximate
The SMC PLUS™ Controller is available for motors rated 1…1000 A; Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-52
200…480V, or 200…600V, 50 and 60 Hz. In addition to motors, the Enclosed Options . . . 6-68
Cat. No. SMC PLUS™ Controller can be used to control resistive loads.
150-A97NBD y 24…1000 A Ratings
y Options Include:
− Soft Stop − SMB Smart Motor Braking
− Pump Control − Accu-Stop
− Preset Slow Speed − Slow Speed with Braking
Cat. No.
150-A360NBD

Standards Compliance/Approvals
y CE Marked (Open Type) Per Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC
y CSA Certified (Open Type) (File No. LR1234)
y UL Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956)

Your order must include 1) cat. no. of the controller selected, 2) modifications, and 3) if required, cat. no. of any options or accessories.

Energy Saver
This is a standard feature with the SMC PLUS Controller. It is used to save energy on applications where the motor is lightly loaded or
unloaded for long periods of time. The energy saver is a built-in feature of the controller. It does not require additional panel space or
external wiring. And, it does not require a complicated setup procedure.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-45


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-46

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Description of Options, Continued/Cat. No. Explanation

Cat. No. Explanation


Open and Non-Combination

150 – A180 N BD A – 8L4


a b c d e f
a c e
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type Options
Code Description Code Description (Select Only One)
150 Solid-State Controller N Open Code Description
Solid-State Controller and Isolation A NEMA Type 1 Blank Standard
150B
Contactor (Enclosed only). B NEMA Type 1 Ventilated A Soft Stop
F NEMA Type 4 (IP65) B Pump Control
b
J NEMA Type 12 C Preset Slow Speed
Controller Ratings
H NEMA Type 3R D SMB Smart Motor Braking
Code Description
E Accu-Stop
A24 24 A, 1…15 Hp @ 460V AC d F Slow Speed with Braking
A35 35 A, 1…25 Hp @ 460V AC Input Line Voltage
A54 54 A, 1…40 Hp @ 460V AC Code Description f
A97 97 A, 5…75 Hp @ 460V AC BD 200…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz Options
A135 135 A, 5…100 Hp @ 460V AC CD 200…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz Code Description
A180 180 A, 5…150 Hp @ 460V AC Max. 460V AC, Line-Mounted Protective
8L4
A240 240 A, 5…200 Hp @ 460V AC Module
A360 360 A, 5…300 Hp @ 460V AC Max. 575V AC, Line-Mounted Protective
8L6
Module
A500 500 A, 5…400 Hp @ 460V AC
Max. 460V AC, Load-Mounted Protective
A650 650 A, 5…500 Hp @ 460V AC 8M4
Module
A720 720 A, 5…600 Hp @ 460V AC
Max. 575V AC, Load-Mounted Protective
A850 850 A, 10…700 Hp @ 460V AC 8M6
Module
A1000 1000 A, 10…800 Hp @ 460V AC Max. 460V AC, Line- and Load-Mounted
8B4
Protective Modules
Max. 575V AC, Line- and Load-Mounted
8B6
Protective Modules
For a listing of available options, please see
page 6-68.
Combination

152B – WA B A – 56 – 8L4
a b c d e f
a d f
Bulletin Number Options Options
Code Description (Select Only One) Code Description
Solid-State Controller with Fusible Code Description Max. 460V AC, Line-Mounted Protective
152B 8L4
Disconnect and Isolating Contactor Blank Standard Module
Solid-State Controller with Fusible A Soft Stop Max. 575V AC, Line-Mounted Protective
152H 8L6
Disconnect B Pump Control Module
Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker C Preset Slow Speed Max. 460V AC, Load-Mounted Protective
153B 8M4
and Isolating Contactor Module
D SMB Smart Motor Braking
153H Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker Max. 575V AC, Load-Mounted Protective
E Accu-Stop 8M6
Module
b F Slow Speed with Braking
Max. 460V AC, Line- and Load-Mounted
8B4
Enclosure Type Protective Modules
e
Code Description Max. 575V AC, Line- and Load-Mounted
Horsepower 8B6
WA NEMA Type 1 Protective Modules
Code Hp Rating Code Hp Rating
WB NEMA Type 1 Ventilated For a listing of available options, please see
39 5 52 150
WJ NEMA Type 12 page 6-68.
40 7-1/2 54 200
WH NEMA Type 3R
41 10 56 250
c 42 15 57 300
Line Voltage 43 20 58 350
Code Description 44 25 59 400
A 230V AC 45 30 60 450
B 460V AC 46 40 61 500
C 575V AC 47 50 62 600
H 200V AC 48 60 63 700
49 75 65 800
50 100 67 1000
51 125 — —

6-46 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-47

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Open Type and Non-Combination Controllers — IP30 (Type 1) Enclosed, IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed, and IP54 (Type 12)
Enclosed
Bulletin 150 (Non-Combination Controller) — The SMC PLUS Controller requires a separate 100…240V, 50/60 Hz single-phase control
source. A thermal overload is not included. Terminals are provided for a separate thermal overload relay connection to the control circuit.
Enclosures other than those listed are available. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
For a listing of available options, please see page 6-68.

Up to 460V AC♣
IP30 (Type 1) Enclosed IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Non-Combination Non-Combination Non-Combination
kW✶ Hp† Controllers Controllers Controllers
Current Open Type Dimen- Dimen- Dimensi
Rating 230V AC 400V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC Controller sion sion on
(A) 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Cat. No.‡ Cat. No.‡ Code Cat. No.‡§ Code Cat. No.‡§ Code
24 A 5.5 11 1…5 1…7.5 1…15 150-A24NBD 150-A24JBD Q 150-A24FBD Q 150-A24JBD Q
35 A 10 18.5 1…10 1…10 1…25 150-A35NBD 150-A35JBD Q 150-A35FBD Q 150-A35JBD Q
54 A 15 22 1…15 1…20 1…40 150-A54NBD 150-A54JBD Q 150-A54FBD Q 150-A54JBD Q
97 A 25 45 5…30 5…30 5…75 150-A97NBD 150-A97BBD S 150-A97FBD S 150-A97JBD S
135 A 37 75 5…40 5…50 5…100 150-A135NBD 150-A135BBD T 150-A135FBD T 150-A135JBD T
180 A 51 90 5…60 5…60 5…150 150-A180NBD 150-A180BBD T 150-A180FBD T 150-A180JBD T
240 A 75 132 5…75 5…75 5…200 150-A240NBD 150-A240BBD T 150-A240FBD U 150-A240JBD U
360 A 110 200 5…125 5…150 5…300 150-A360NBD 150-A360BBD U 150-A360FBD V 150-A360JBD V
500 A 150 257 5…150 5…200 5…400 150-A500NBD 150-A500BBD V 150-A500FBD Z2 150-A500JBD Z2
650 A 200 355 5…200 5…250 5…500 150-A650NBD 150-A650BBD Z2 150-A650FBD Z8 150-A650JBD Z7
720 A 220 400 5…250 5…300 5…600 150-A720NBD 150-A720BBD Z2 150-A720FBD Z8 150-A720JBD Z8
850 A 257 475 10…300 10…350 10…700 150-A850NBD 150-A850BBD Z2 150-A850FBD Z8 150-A850JBD Z8
1000 A 315 530 10…350 10…400 10…800 150-A1000NBD 150-A1000BBD Z2 150-A1000FBD Z8 150-A1000JBD Z8

Up to 575V AC♣
IP30 (Type 1) IP65 (Type 4) IP54 (Type 12)
Enclosed Enclosed Enclosed
Non-Combination Non-Combination Non-Combination
kW✶ Hp† Controllers Controllers Controllers
Current 230V 400V 500V 200V 230V 460V Open Type Dime Dime Dime
Rating AC AC AC AC AC AC 575V AC Controller nsion nsion nsion
(A) 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Cat. No.‡ Cat. No.‡ Code Cat. No.‡§ Code Cat. No.‡§ Code
24 A 5.5 11 15 1…5 1…7.5 1…15 1…20 150-A24NCD 150-A24JCD Q 150-A24FCD Q 150-A24JCD Q
35 A 10 18.5 22 1…10 1…10 1…25 1…30 150-A35NCD 150-A35JCD Q 150-A35FCD Q 150-A35JCD Q
54 A 15 22 37 1…15 1…20 1…40 1…50 150-A54NCD 150-A54JCD Q 150-A54FCD Q 150-A54JCD Q
97 A 25 45 63 5…30 5…30 5…75 5…75 150-A97NCD 150-A97BCD S 150-A97FCD S 150-A97JCD S
135 A 37 75 90 5…40 5…50 5…100 5…125 150-A135NCD 150-A135BCD T 150-A135FCD T 150-A135JCD T
180 A 51 90 132 5…60 5…60 5…150 5…150 150-A180NCD 150-A180BCD T 150-A180FCD T 150-A180JCD T
240 A 75 132 160 5…75 5…75 5…200 5…250 150-A240NCD 150-A240BCD T 150-A240FCD U 150-A240JCD U
360 A 110 200 250 5…125 5…150 5…300 5…350 150-A360NCD 150-A360BCD U 150-A360FCD V 150-A360JCD V
500 A 150 257 355 5…150 5…200 5…400 5…500 150-A500NCD 150-A500BCD V 150-A500FCD Z2 150-A500JCD Z2
650 A 200 355 475 5…200 5…250 5…500 5…600 150-A650NCD 150-A650BCD Z2 150-A650FCD Z8 150-A650JCD Z7
720 A 220 400 500 5…250 5…300 5…600 5…700 150-A720NCD 150-A720BCD Z2 150-A720FCD Z8 150-A720JCD Z8
850 A 257 475 600 10…300 10…350 10…700 10…800 150-A850NCD 150-A850BCD Z2 150-A850FCD Z8 150-A850JCD Z8
1000 A 315 530 710 10…350 10…400 10…800 10…1000 150-A1000NCD 150-A1000BCD Z2 150-A1000FCD Z8 150-A1000JCD Z8
✶ The minimum rating is: 0.7 kW for devices with current ratings of 54 A or less; 4 kW for devices rated 97…720 A; 7.5 kW for devices rated 850 A and greater.
† Hp ratings at motor terminal voltages for 208, 480, and 600 line volts, respectively.
‡ Controllers are shipped from the factory preset for soft start mode, 10 s acceleration, energy saver inactive, motor stall inactive, and control power 100…240V
AC, 50/60 Hz.
§ 97…1000 A Type 4 and Type 12 SMC PLUS Smart Motor Controllers include Bulletin 100 bypass contactors wired for 120V AC 50/60 Hz.
♣ For enclosed options see page 6-68.

Accessories — Page 6-45


Open Type Options — Page 6-49
Specifications — Page 6-50
Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-52

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-47


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-48

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Product Selection, Continued

Enclosed Combination Controllers✶


Bulletin 152H/153H (Combination Controller) — Includes a 120V control transformer and a 3-pole thermal overload relay less elements.
Where isolating or bypass contactors are required, Bulletin 100 contactors are used (through 600 A). Enclosures other than those listed are
available. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor. For a listing of all available options, please see page 6-68.
All 153 Bulletin numbers are supplied with a thermal magnetic Circuit Breaker.

460V AC, 60 Hz


IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed Combination Controller with IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed Combination Controller with
Combination Controller with Fusible Disconnect and Combination Controller with Circuit Breaker and Bypass
Controller Fusible Disconnect† Bypass Contactor† Circuit Breaker‡ Contactor‡
Current Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension
Hp Rating (A) Cat. No. Code Cat. No.♣ Code Cat. No. Code Cat. No.♣ Code
15 24 A 152H-WAB-42➤ S 152H-WJB-42a S 153H-WAB-42➤ S 153H-WJB-42a S
20 30 A 152H-WAB-43➤ S 152H-WJB-43a S 153H-WAB-43➤ S 153H-WJB-43a S
25 35 A 152H-WAB-44➤ S 152H-WJB-44a S 153H-WAB-44➤ S 153H-WJB-44a S
30 40 A 152H-WAB-45➤ S 152H-WJB-45a S 153H-WAB-45➤ S 153H-WJB-45a S
40 54 A 152H-WAB-46➤ T 152H-WJB-46a T 153H-WAB-46➤ S 153H-WJB-46a S
50 70 A 152H-WBB-47 T 152H-WJB-47 T 153H-WBB-47 T 153H-WJB-47 T
60 82 A 152H-WBB-48 T 152H-WJB-48 T 153H-WBB-48 T 153H-WJB-48 T
75 97 A 152H-WBB-49 T 152H-WJB-49 T 153H-WBB-49 T 153H-WJB-49 T
100 125 A 152H-WBB-50 T 152H-WJB-50 T 153H-WBB-50 T 153H-WJB-50 T
125 156 A 152H-WBB-51 U 152H-WJB-51 U 153H-WBB-51 U 153H-WJB-51 U
150 180 A 152H-WBB-52 U 152H-WJB-52 U 153H-WBB-52 U 153H-WJB-52 U
200 240 A 152H-WBB-54 U 152H-WJB-54 U 153H-WBB-54 U 153H-WJB-54 U
250 302 A 152H-WBB-56 W 152H-WJB-56 W 153H-WBB-56 V 153H-WJB-56 V
300 360 A 152H-WBB-57 W 152H-WJB-57 W 153H-WBB-57 V 153H-WJB-57 V
350 410 A 152H-WBB-58 X 152H-WJB-58 X 153H-WBB-58 Z2 153H-WJB-58 Z2
400 477 A 152H-WBB-59 Z2 152H-WJB-59 Z2 153H-WBB-59 Z2 153H-WJB-59 Z2
450 525 A 152H-WBB-60 Z6 152H-WJB-60 Z6 153H-WBB-60 Z6 153H-WJB-60 Z6
500 575 A 152H-WBB-61 Z6 152H-WJB-61 Z6 153H-WBB-61 Z6 153H-WJB-61 Z6
600 675 A 152H-WBB-62 Z6 152H-WJB-62 Z9 153H-WBB-62 Z6 153H-WJB-62 Z7
700 800 A 152H-WBB-63 Z6 152H-WJB-63 Z9 153H-WBB-63 Z8 153H-WJB-63 Z8
800 915 A 152H-WBB-65 Z6 152H-WJB-65 Z9 153H-WBB-65 Z8 153H-WJB-65 Z8

575V AC, 60 Hz


IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed Combination Controller with IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed Combination Controller with
Combination Controller with Fusible Disconnect and Combination Controller with Circuit Breaker and Bypass
Controller Fusible Disconnect† Bypass Contactor† Circuit Breaker‡ Contactor‡
Current Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension
Hp Rating (A) Cat. No. Code Cat. No.♣ Code Cat. No. Code Cat. No.♣ Code
20 24 A 152H-WAC-43➤ S 152H-WJC-43a S 153H-WAC-43➤ S 153H-WJC-43a S
25 28 A 152H-WAC-44➤ S 152H-WJC-44a S 153H-WAC-44➤ S 153H-WJC-44a S
30 35 A 152H-WAC-45➤ S 152H-WJC-45a S 153H-WAC-45➤ S 153H-WJC-45a S
40 40 A 152H-WAC-46➤ S 152H-WJC-46a S 153H-WAC-46➤ S 153H-WJC-46a S
50 54 A 152H-WAC-47➤ T 152H-WJC-47a T 153H-WAC-47➤ S 153H-WJC-47a S
60 65 A 152H-WBC-48 T 152H-WJC-48 T 153H-WBC-48 T 153H-WJC-48 T
75 80 A 152H-WBC-49 T 152H-WJC-49 T 153H-WBC-49 T 153H-WJC-49 T
100 115 A 152H-WBC-50 T 152H-WJC-50 T 153H-WBC-50 T 153H-WJC-50 T
125 125 A 152H-WBC-51 T 152H-WJC-51 T 153H-WBC-51 T 153H-WJC-51 T
150 170 A 152H-WBC-52 U 152H-WJC-52 U 153H-WBC-52 U 153H-WJC-52 U
200 200 A 152H-WBC-54 U 152H-WJC-54 U 153H-WBC-54 U 153H-WJC-54 U
250 240 A 152H-WBC-56 U 152H-WJC-56 U 153H-WBC-56 U 153H-WJC-56 U
300 310 A 152H-WBC-57 W 152H-WJC-57 W 153H-WBC-57 V 153H-WJC-57 V
350 360 A 152H-WBC-58 W 152H-WJC-58 W 153H-WBC-58 V 153H-WJC-58 V
400 385 A 152H-WBC-59 X 152H-WJC-59 X 153H-WBC-59 Z2 153H-WJC-59 Z2
450 450 A 152H-WBC-60 X 152H-WJC-60 X 153H-WBC-60 Z2 153H-WJC-60 Z2
500 500 A 152H-WBC-61 Z2 152H-WJC-61 Z2 153H-WBC-61 Z2 153H-WJC-61 Z2
600 600 A 152H-WBC-62 Z6 152H-WJC-62 Z6 153H-WBC-62 Z6 153H-WJC-62 Z7
700 700 A 152H-WBC-63 Z6 152H-WJC-63 Z9 153H-WBC-63 Z6 153H-WJC-63 Z7
800 800 A 152H-WBC-65 Z6 152H-WJC-65 Z9 153H-WBC-65 Z8 153H-WJC-65 Z8
1000 1000 A 152H-WBC-67 Z6 152H-WJC-67 Z9 153H-WBC-67 Z8 153H-WJC-67 Z8
✶ 208V and 240V Controllers are available. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
† See page 6-52 for fuse clip size and type information.
‡ See page 6-52 for circuit breaker size and rating plug size.
♣ Bypass contactors are used to bypass the SMC PLUS Controller when the motor has reached full speed.
➤ Includes internal circulating fan rather than enclosure ventilation.
a Includes internal circulating fan rather than bypass contactor.
 For enclosed options see page 6-68.

6-48 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-49

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Accessories/Options

Accessories
Protective Modules (Field Modifications)✶† IEC Terminal Covers (Field Modification)
Nominal Field Field
Current Modification Modification
Rating (A) Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No.
480 V IEC line- or load-side
Protective terminal covers for 97…135
150-N84 150-NT1
Module (Field A devices (includes line and
Installed) load termination covers)
24…54
600 V IEC line- or load-side
Protective terminal covers for
150-N86
Module (Field 180…360 A devices 150-NT2
Installed) (includes line and load
480 V termination covers)
Protective
150-N84L
Module (Field
Installed) Open Type Options (only one selection allowed)
97…360
600 V Cat. No.
Protective Option Description Modification
150-N86L
Module (Field Provides a ramp down time of 2…60
Installed) Soft Stop‡§♣ seconds for applications which A➤
✶ The same protective module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC require an extended coast-to-rest.
PLUS. For applications requiring both line and load side protection, two Provides smooth motor acceleration
protective modules must be ordered. and deceleration, reducing surges
† Protective modules are standard on 500…1000 A units. caused by the starting and stopping
Pump Control‡§ of centrifugal pumps. Starting time is B➤
adjustable from 2…30 seconds, and
Terminal Lug Kits (97…1000 A) stopping time is adjustable from
Total No. 2…120 seconds.
of Terminal Provides a preset slow speed for
Lugs positioning or alignment applications.
Possible Preset speeds can be selected at
Nominal Each Side either 7% or 15% of rated motor
Current Line Load Pkg. Preset Slow speed, in the forward direction, 10%
C➤
Rating (A) Conductor Size Side Side Qty. Cat. No. Speedठor 20% in the reverse direction. The
#6…4/0 AWG direction of the motor is dip switch
97…135 3 3 3 199-LF1 selectable. Slow speed current is
16 mm2…120 mm2
adjustable from 50…450% of full
#6…4/0 AWG load current.
180…360 6 6 3 199-LF1
16 mm2…120 mm2
Provides a microcomputer based
#4…500 MCM braking system which applies 3-
500† AWG 6 6 3 199-LG1 phase braking current to a standard
25 mm2…240 mm2 SMB Smart Motor
squirrel-cage induction motor. The D➤
Braking‡§♣
#4…500 MCM strength of the braking current is
650…720† AWG 9 9 3 199-LG1 adjustable from 150…400% of full
25 mm2…240 mm2 load motor current.
(2) 1/0…500 MCM Provides precise stopping control for
850…1000† AWG 6 6 3 199-LJ1 positioning or to minimize jogging to
50 mm2…240 mm2 stop. A 3-phase braking current is
applied to the motor (adjustable from
† Lugs included with SMC.
150…400% of full load current) until
it reaches a preset slow speed (either
Accu-Stop‡§♣a 7% or 15% of rated motorspeed). E➤
The motor is held at this speed until a
stop command is given. Braking
torque is then applied until the motor
reaches zero speed. Slow speed
current is adjustable from 50…450%
of full load current.
Provides forward slow speed for
Slow Speed with
positioning and alignment, and F➤
Braking‡§♣
braking control to stop.
‡ Only one option may be added to the standard unit.
§ Observe the thermal rating of the AC induction motor.
♣ Not intended to be used as an emergency stop. Refer to the applicable
standards for emergency stop requirements.
➤ Add the designated letter to the end of the cat. no. Example: To add the
Pump Control Option, Cat. No 150-24NBD becomes Cat. No. 150-
A24NBDB
a Accu-Stop Control is not available when a bypass contactor is used.
 Kickstart is not available with this option.

Product Selection — Page 6-47

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-49


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-50

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Functional Design Specifications


Wiring The SMC PLUS controller may be wired with or without a motor starter. The SMC PLUS
Setup
Adjustments controller is configured with DIP switches and rotary digital switches.
Soft Start with Kickstart, Current Limit, Full Voltage in one unit. The controller has pre-start
Three modes Protection
and run protection from phase loss and shorted SCRs.
Starting Dual purpose LEDs are provided to indicate the status of the unit. The LEDs indicate Control
Standard Status and Diagnostic Indicators Voltage Present, Running Mode, Starting Mode, Stopping Mode, Energy Saver, Start Fault,
Features Stalled Motor, Temperature Fault, and Line Fault.
Protection Stall protection available during starting and run condition for additional motor protection.
Running
Energy Level Built-in energy saver available for low load conditions.
Setup Wiring 2- and 3-wire control for a wide variety of applications.
Configurable auxiliary contacts provided for either up-to-speed or instantaneous operation.
Auxiliary Contacts
1 N.O. – 1 N.C. auxiliary contact provided as standard.
Extended coast to rest to minimize load shifting. Ramp down time is adjustable from 2…60
Soft Stop
seconds.
Reduces surges in a pumping system during starting and stopping. Starting time is
Pump Control
adjustable from 2…30 seconds. Stopping time is adjustable from 2…120 seconds.
Slow speed for positioning material. The Preset Slow Speed can be set for Low (7% of base
Preset Slow Speed speed), High (15% of base speed), Reverse Low (10% of base speed) or Reverse High (20%
Optional of base speed). Slow speed current can be adjusted to 50…450% of full load current.
Features Provides motor braking for applications which require the motor to stop quickly. Braking
SMB Smart Motor Braking
current is adjustable from 150…400% of full load current.
Combines Smart Motor Braking and Preset Slow Speed. Braking current is adjustable from
Accu-Stop 150…400% of full load current. Slow speed can be set for either Low (7% of base speed) or
High (15% of base speed).
Combines Smart Motor Braking and Preset Slow Speed for applications that require slow
Slow Speed with Braking
setup speeds and braking to a stop.
Mechanical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
Resistance to Vibration 2.5 G for 60 minutes
Resistance to Shock 30 G for 11 mSecs
Power Thermoset Moldings 24…135 A
Poles Heatsink hockey puck thyristor 180…1000 A
Construction
Control Modules Thermoset and Thermoplastic Moldings
Metal Parts Anodized Aluminum, Plated Brass, Copper, or Painted Steel
Up to -A54 6.0 mm hole with clamp screw
-A97 and -A135 Line and Load One 11.5 mm (0.453) dia. hole each
-A180, -A240 and -A360 Line and
Power One 10.5 mm (0.413) dia. hole each
Load
Terminals
Terminals -A500 Line and Load Two 13.5 mm (0.531) dia. hole each
-A650 and -A720 Line and Load Three 13.1 mm (0.515) dia. hole each
-A850 and -A1000 Line and Load Six 13.1 mm (0.515) dia. hole each
Control Terminals UNC 6-32 Screw with self-tilting clamp plate
Power Terminal Marking NEMA, CENELEC EN50 012
Environmental
Operating 0…+50 °C (+32…+122 ° F)
Temperature
Storage –40…+85 °C (–40…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)

Product Selection — Page 6-47

6-50 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-51

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Specifcations, Continued

Electrical Ratings
Cat. No. 150-A24… 150-A35… 150-A54… 150-A97… 150-A135… 150-A180… 150-A240…
Rated Operating Voltage 200…480V or 200…600V
Rated Operating Current (A) 24 35 54 97 135 180 240
Maximum Heat Dissipation (Watts) 110 150 200 285 490 660 935
Power 2.5…25 mm2 16…120 mm2 16…120 mm2
Terminals #14…4 AWG #6…4/0 AWG #6…4/0 AWG
Cable Size✶
Control
1.5…4.0 mm2 (#18…12 AWG) all sizes
Terminals
NEMA MG1
Thermal Capacity
IEC 34 (S1)
Control Module Voltage Single Phase 100…240V 50/60 Hz
Power
30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA
Requirements
Heatsink Fan — — — 45 VA 45 VA 45 VA 45 VA
N.O. 240V AC Max., 24V Min., Make 4700 VA, Break 470 VA
Auxiliary Contact Rating
N.C. 240V AC Max., 24V Min., Make 2750 VA, Break 275 VA
Cat. No. 150-A360… 150-A500… 150-A650… 150-A720… 150-A850… 150-A1000…
Rated Operating Voltage 200V…480V or 200V…600V
Rated Operating Current (A) 360 500 650 720 850 1000
Maximum Heat Dissipation (Watts) 1170 1400 2025 2250 2400 2760
Power 2x16…120 mm2 25 mm2…240 mm2 50…240 mm2
Terminals #6…4/0 AWG #4…500 MCM 1/0…500 MCM
Cable Size
Control
1.5…4.0 mm2 (#18…12 AWG) all sizes
Terminals
NEMA MG1
Thermal Capacity
IEC 34 (S1)
Control Module Voltage 110…120V 50/60 Hz or 220…240V 50/60 Hz
Power
30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA 30 VA
Requirements
Heatsink Fan 45 VA 145 VA 320 VA 320 VA 320 VA 320 VA
N.O. 240V AC Max., 24V Min., Make 4700 VA, Break 470 VA
Auxiliary Contact Rating
N.O. 240V AC Max., 24V Min., Make 2750 VA, Break 275 VA
Electrical Design Specifications/Test Requirements
(208…480V) 1400V
Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage Rating
(208…600V) 1600V
Selectable Across-the-Line Starting 1/4 second
Selectable Soft Start Times 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, and 30 seconds
Stall Trip Time Corresponding to Start Times 5, 7, 10, 20, 25, and 30 seconds
Selectable Kickstart Times 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8, 2.0
Selectable Current Limit Starting 50…500% of Full Load Current
Selectable Soft Stop Times 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 seconds
Selectable Pump Starting Times 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 30 seconds
Selectable Pump Stopping Times 2, 4, 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 seconds
Selectable Preset Slow Speed 7% and 15% forward speed; 10% or 20% reverse speed; 50…450% of Full Load Current
Selectable SMB Smart Motor Braking 150…400% of Full Load Current
Selectable Accu-Stop 150…400% of Full Load Current
Selectable Slow Speed with Braking 150…400% of Full Load Current
Noise and RF Immunity Surge Transient Peak 3000V. Showering Arc 1500V
DV/DT Protection RC Snubber Network
Metal Oxide Varistors: (220 Joules @ 24 A…360 A;
Transient Protection
220 Joules @ 480V 500 A…1000 A and 300 Joules @ 600V 500 A…1000 A)
✶ 97…360 A units require addition of appropriate lugs.

Product Selection — Page 6-47

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-51


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Plus.qxd 04/02/2004 18:19 Page 6-52

Bulletin 150
Smart Motor Controllers — SMC PLUS™
Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Fuse Clip Sizing and Type for Fusible Combination


Controllers†‡ Circuit Breaker Sizes and Rating Plug Sizes
Horsepower @ 480V Fuse Clip Size/Type Fuse Size Range (A) Interrupting Rating in
15 30 A/Class J 0…30 Circuit Breaker Size (A)/ Symmetrical Amps
Horsepower @ 480V Rating Plug Size (A) @ 480V
20 60 A/Class J 31…60
15 150/50 14 000
25 60 A/Class J 31…60
20 150/50 14 000
30 60 A/Class J 31…60
25 150/60 14 000
40 100 A/Class J 61…100
30 150/70 14 000
50 100 A/Class J 61…100
40 150/100 14 000
60 200 A/Class J 101…200
50 150/125 14 000
75 200 A/Class J 101…200
60 250/150 25 000
100 200 A/Class J 101…200
75 250/175 25 000
125 400 A/Class J 101…200
100 250/225 25 000
150 400 A/Class J 201…400
125 250/250 25 000
200 400 A/Class J 201…400
150 400/300 35 000
250 400 A/Class J 401…600
200 400/400 35 000
300 600 A/Class J 401…600
250 600/500 35 000
350 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
300 600/600 35 000
400 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
350 800/800 35 000
450 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
400 800/800 50 000
500 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
450 1200/1000 50 000
600 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
500 1200/1200 50 000
700 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
600 1200/1200 50 000
800 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
700 2000/1600 65 000
† Consult NEC Handbook for proper fuse sizing guidelines. 800 2000/2000 65 000
‡ Optional fuse clip sizes and types are available upon request. Consult your
local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes

Open Type Controllers Enclosed Type Controllers✶†


Approx.
Ship Wt.
Controller Width Height Depth kg (lbs)
24 A 155 (6-1/16) 180 (7-1/8) 160 (6-1/4) 4.5 (10)
35 A 215 (8-7/16) 240 (9-1/2) 170 (6-5/8) 6.8 (15)
54 A 245 (9-5/8) 290 (11-7/16) 200 (7-13/16) 11.3 (25)
97 A 248 (9-3/4) 336 (13-1/4) 230 (9-1/16) 10.4 (23)
135 A 248 (9-3/4) 336 (13-1/4) 230 (9-1/16) 11.8 (26)
180 A 273 (10-3/4) 560 (22-1/16) 268 (10-9/16) 25 (55)
240 A 273 (10-3/4) 560 (22-1/16) 268 (10-9/16) 30 (65)
360 A 273 (10-3/4) 560 (22-1/16) 268 (10-9/16) 30 (65)
500 A 508 (20) 609.6 (24) 304.8 (12) 40.8 (90)
Dimension Code A Width B Height C Depth
650 A 813 (32) 1524 (60) 395 (15-9/16) 167.8 (370)
Q 244 (9-5/8) 410 (16-1/8) 220 (8-2/3)
720 A 768 (30-1/4) 1524 (60) 252 (9-15/16) 167.8 (370)
R 406 (16) 610 (24) 229 (9)
850 A 768 (30-1/4) 1524 (60) 252 (9-15/16) 167.8 (370)
S 610 (24) 762 (30) 305 (12)
1000 A 768 (30-1/4) 1524 (60) 252 (9-15/16) 167.8 (370)
T 762 (30) 965 (38) 356 (14)
U 915 (36) 1295 (51) 356 (14)
V 915 (36) 1524 (60) 356 (14)
W 965 (38) 1524 (60) 381 (15)
X 1016 (40) 2134 (84) 457 (18)
Y 1397 (55) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z 635 (25) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z1 762 (30) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z2 889 (35) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z3 1016 (40) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z4 1143 (45) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z5 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z6 1397 (55) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z7 1524 (60) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z8 1651 (65) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
Z9 2413 (95) 2286 (90) 508 (20)
✶ All dimensions are subject to change.
† Any options added to enclosed controllers may change size of enclosure.
Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

6-52 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:52 Page 6-53

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Overview/Starting and Stopping Options/Modes of Operation
Μοδεσ οφ Οπερατιον

Bulletin 150 — SMC Dialog Plus™ Smart Motor Controller Table of Contents
The SMC Dialog Plus™ controller provides microprocessor controlled
starting for standard three-phase squirrel-cage induction motors. Four Description of
standard modes of operation are available within a single controller: Features . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
y Soft Start with Selectable Kickstart Cat. No. Explanation 6-55
y Current Limit Start with Selectable Kickstart Product Selection . . . 6-56
y Dual Ramp Start Open Type Options
y Full Voltage Start (only one selection
allowed) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
y 24…1000 A Ratings
y Options Include: Accessories . . . . . . . . . 6-61
− Soft Stop Specifications . . . . . . . 6-63
− Pump Control Approximate
− Preset Slow Speed Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-66
− SMB Smart Motor Braking Enclosed Options . . . 6-68
− Accu-Stop
− Slow Speed with Braking

Standards Compliance/Approvals
y CE Marked (Open Type) Per Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC
y CSA Certified (Open Type) (File No. LR1234)
y UL Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956)

Your order must include 1) cat. no. of the controller selected, 2) options (if required), and 3) accessories (if required).

Features
y Built-in Electronic Motor Overload Protection
y Metering
y SCANport Communication
y LCD Display
y Keypad Programming
y Three Programmable Auxiliary Contacts
The SMC Dialog Plus™ controller is available for motors rated 1…1000 A; 200…480V AC, or 200…600V AC, 50 and 60 Hz. In addition to
motors, the SMC Dialog Plus™ controller can be used to control resistive loads.
SMC Dialog Plus™, SMB™, and Accu-Stop™ are trademarks of Allen-Bradley Company, Inc.
DeviceNet™ is a trademark of the Open Device Vendors Association (O.D.V.A.).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-53


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:52 Page 6-54

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Description of Features

Description of Features
Undervoltage Protection
Electronic Motor Overload Protection The SMC Dialog Plus controller’s undervoltage protection will halt
The SMC Dialog Plus controller incorporates, as standard, electronic motor operation if a drop in the incoming line voltage is detected.
motor overload protection. This overload protection is accomplished The undervoltage trip level is adjustable as a percentage of the
electronically with an ,2t algorithm. programmed line voltage, from 0…99%. To eliminate nuisance trips,
When coordinated with the proper short circuit protection, overload a programmable undervoltage trip delay time of 0…99 seconds can
protection is intended to protect the motor, motor controller, and also be programmed. The line voltage must remain below the
power wiring against overheating caused by excessive overcurrent. undervoltage trip level during the programmed delay time.
The SMC Dialog Plus controller meets applicable requirements as a
Overvoltage Protection
motor overload protective device.
If a rise in the incoming line voltage is detected, the SMC Dialog
The controller’s overload protection is programmable, providing the
Plus controller’s overvoltage protection will halt motor operation.
user with flexibility. The overload trip class can be selected for class
The overvoltage trip level is adjustable as a percentage of the
10, 15, 20 or 30 protection. The trip current is programmed by
programmed line voltage, from 0…99%. To eliminate nuisance trips,
entering the motor full load current rating.
a programmable overvoltage trip delay time of 0…99 seconds can
Thermal memory is included to accurately model motor operating
also be programmed. The line voltage must remain above the
temperature. Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic
overvoltage trip level during the programmed delay time.
design of the overload.
Note: The current sensing capability of the SMC Dialog Plus Voltage Unbalance Protection
controller is disabled during bypass operation. The Bulletin 825 Voltage unbalance is detected by monitoring the 3-phase supply
Converter Module and 150-NFS fanning strip are required for voltage magnitudes in conjunction with the rotational relationship of
providing current feedback in these applications. Note: To achieve the three phases. The controller will halt motor operation when the
calibration, 70% motor load or greater is required at the motor shaft calculated voltage unbalance reaches the user-programmed trip
for 2 seconds. Calibration is required when a Bulletin 825 Converter level.
Module is not used. The voltage unbalance trip level is programmable from 0…25%
Stall Protection and Jam Detection unbalance.
Motors can experience locked rotor currents and develop high Excessive Starts Per Hour
torque levels in the event of a stall or a jam. These conditions can The SMC Dialog Plus controller allows the user to program the
result in winding insulation breakdown or mechanical damage to the allowed number of starts per hour (up to 99). This helps eliminate
connected load. The SMC Dialog Plus controller provides both stall motor stress caused by repeated starting during a short time period.
protection and jam detection for enhanced motor and system Metering
protection. Stall protection allows the user to program a maximum Power monitoring parameters include:
stall protection delay time from 0…10 seconds. The stall protection y 3-phase current
delay time is in addition to the programmed start time and begins y 3-phase voltage
only after the start time has timed out. If the controller senses that y Power in kW
the motor is stalled, it will shut down after the delay period has y Power usage in kWH
expired.
y Power factor
Jam detection allows the user to determine the motor jam detection
level as a percentage of the motor’s full load current rating. To y Motor thermal capacity usage
prevent nuisance tripping, a jam detection delay time, from y Elapsed time
0.0…10.0 seconds, can be programmed. This allows the user to Note: The motor thermal capacity usage allows the user to monitor
select the time delay required before the SMC Dialog Plus controller the amount of overload thermal capacity usage before the SMC
will trip on a motor jam condition. The motor current must remain Dialog Plus controller’s built-in electronic overload trips.
above the jam detection level during the delay time. Jam detection Note: In bypass configurations, the current sensing and power
is active only after the motor has reached full speed. factor measurement capability of the SMC Dialog Plus controller is
disabled. 3-phase current measurement, kW, kWH, and motor
Energy Saver
thermal capacity usage can still be maintained with the use of the
This is a standard feature with the SMC Dialog Plus controller. It is Bulletin 825 Converter Module.
used to save energy on applications where the motor is lightly Note: The usage of an SMC Controller on a generator and line
loaded or unloaded for long periods of time. The Energy Saver is a power requires the use of a Bulletin 825 Converter Module.
built-in feature of the controller. It does not require additional panel
space or external wiring. It also does not require a complicated Built-in SCANport Communication
setup procedure. A serial interface port is provided as standard, which allows
connection to a Bulletin 1201 Human Interface Module or a variety
Phase Rebalance of Bulletin 1203 Communication Modules. This includes Allen-
The SMC Dialog Plus controller incorporates, as standard, a Bradley Remote I/O, DeviceNet network and RS-232/422/485-DF1.
dynamic Phase Rebalance feature. The controller compensates for
LCD Display
voltage unbalance by automatically adjusting the voltage output to
The SMC Dialog Plus controller’s two-line 16-character backlit LCD
balance the 3-phase currents drawn by the motor. When phase
display provides parameter identification using clear, informative
rebalance is achieved, motor life may be extended and production
text. Controller set up can be performed quickly and easily without
can continue without interruption. Phase Rebalance is a built-in
the use of a reference manual. Parameters are arranged in an
feature of the controller and does not require a complicated setup
organized four-level menu structure for ease of programming and
procedure.
fast access to parameters.
Note: Phase Rebalance requires the use of the Bulletin 825
Converter Module and the Cat. No. 150-NFS fanning strip. Keypad Programming
Note: The performance of the Phase Rebalance feature is Programming of parameters is accomplished through a five-button
dependent on the motor’s loading and characteristics. Severe keypad on the front of the SMC Dialog Plus controller. The five
imbalances cannot be corrected. buttons include up and down arrows, an Enter button, a Select
Underload Protection button, and an Escape button. The user needs only to enter the
correct sequence of keystrokes for programming the SMC Dialog
Utilizing the underload protection of the SMC Dialog Plus controller, Plus controller.
motor operation can be halted if a drop in current is sensed.
The SMC Dialog Plus controller provides an adjustable underload Auxiliary Contacts
trip setting from 0…99% of the programmed motor full load current Three hard contacts are furnished as standard with the SMC Dialog
rating with an adjustable trip delay time of 0…99 seconds. Plus controller. The first two contacts are programmable for
Normal/Up-to-speed. The third is programmable for Normal/Fault.

6-54 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:52 Page 6-55

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Cat. No. Explanation

Open and Non-Combination


150 – B180 N B D A – 8L
a b c d e f g

a c e
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type Control Voltage
Code Description Code Description Code Description
150 Solid-State Controller N Open D 100…240V AC
Solid-State Controller and Isolation A NEMA Type 1 (IP30) R 24V AC/DC
150B
Contactor (enclosed only) F NEMA Type 4 (IP65)
J NEMA Type 12 (IP54)
f
b Control Options
H NEMA Type 3R
Controller Ratings (Select Only One)
Code Description d Code Description
B24 24 A, 1…15 Hp @ 460V AC Input Line Voltage Blank Standard
B35 35 A, 1…25 Hp @ 460V AC Open Type A Soft Stop
B54 54 A, 1…40 Hp @ 460V AC Code Description B Pump Control
B97 97 A, 5…75 Hp @ 460V AC B 200…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz C Preset Slow Speed
B135 135 A, 5…100 Hp @ 460V AC C 200…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz D SMB Smart Motor Braking
B180 180 A, 5…150 Hp @ 460V AC Non-Combination Enclosed Only E Accu-Stop
B240 240 A, 5…200 Hp @ 460V AC H 200…208V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz F Slow Speed with Braking
B360 360 A, 5…300 Hp @ 460V AC A 230V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
B500 500 A, 4…400 Hp @ 460V AC B 200…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
g
B650 650 A, 5…500 Hp @ 460V AC Options
C 200…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
B720 720 A, 5…600 Hp @ 460V AC Code Description
B850 850 A, 10…700 Hp @ 460V AC 8L Line-Mounted Protective Module
B1000 1000 A, 10…800 Hp @ 460V AC 8M Load-Mounted Protective Module
Line- and Load-Mounted Protective
8B
Modules
For a listing of available options, please see
page 6-68.

Combination
152H – B240 A BD B – 52 – 8B
a b c d e f g

a c f
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type Horsepower
Code Description Code Description Code Hp Rating Code Hp Rating
Solid-State Controller with Fusible A NEMA Type 1 (IP30) 39 5 52 150
152B
Disconnect and Isolating Contactor J NEMA Type 12 (IP54) 40 7-1/2 54 200
Solid-State Controller with F NEMA Type 4 (IP65) 41 10 56 250
152H
Fusible Disconnect
H NEMA 3R 42 15 57 300
Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker
153B 43 20 58 350
and Isolating Contactor d
44 25 59 400
153H Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker Line Voltage
45 30 60 450
b Code Description
46 40 61 500
HD 200…208V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
Controller Ratings 47 50 62 600
AD 230V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
Code Description 48 60 63 700
BD 400…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
B24 24 A, 1…15 Hp @ 460V AC 49 75 65 800
CD 500…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
B35 35 A, 1…25 Hp @ 460V AC 50 100 67 1000
B54 54 A, 1…40 Hp @ 460V AC e 51 125 — —
B97 97 A, 5…75 Hp @ 460V AC Control Options
B135 135 A, 5…100 Hp @ 460V AC
g
Code Description
Options
B180 180 A, 5…150 Hp @ 460V AC Blank Standard
Code Description
B240 240 A, 5…200 Hp @ 460V AC A Soft Stop
8L Line-Mounted Protective Module
B360 360 A, 5…300 Hp @ 460V AC B Pump Control
8M Load-Mounted Protective Module
B500 500 A, 4…400 Hp @ 460V AC C Preset Slow Speed
Line- and Load-Mounted Protective
B650 650 A, 5…500 Hp @ 460V AC D SMB Smart Motor Braking 8B
Modules
B720 720 A, 5…600 Hp @ 460V AC E Accu-Stop
For a listing of available options, please see
B850 850 A, 10…700 Hp @ 460V AC F Slow Speed with Braking page 6-68.
B1000 1000 A, 10…800 Hp @ 460V AC

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-55


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:53 Page 6-56

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Open Type Controllers


Up to 460V AC
Current✶ kW† Hp‡ 100…240V AC
Rating 230V AC 400V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 50/60 Hz Control 24V AC/DC Control
(A) 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No.
24 A 5.5 11 1…5 1…7.5 1…15 150-B24NBD 150-B24NBR
35 A 10 18.5 1…10 1…10 1…25 150-B35NBD 150-B35NBR
54 A 15 22 1…15 1…20 1…40 150-B54NBD 150-B54NBR
97 A 25 45 5…30 5…30 5…75 150-B97NBD 150-B97NBR§
135 A 37 75 5…40 5…50 5…100 150-B135NBD 150-B135NBR§
180 A 51 90 5…60 5…60 5…150 150-B180NBD 150-B180NBR§
240 A 75 132 5…75 5…75 5…200 150-B240NBD 150-B240NBR§
360 A 110 200 5…125 5…150 5…300 150-B360NBD 150-B360NBR§
500 A 150 257 5…150 5…200 5…400 150-B500NBD 150-B500NBR§
650 A 200 355 5…200 5…250 5…500 150-B650NBD 150-B650NBR§
720 A 220 400 5…250 5…300 5…600 150-B720NBD 150-B720NBR§
850 A 257 475 10…300 10…350 10…700 150-B850NBD 150-B850NBR§
1000 A 315 530 10…350 10…400 10…800 150-B1000NBD 150-B1000NBR§

Up to 575V AC
Current✶ kW† Hp‡ 100…240V AC
Rating 230V AC 400V AC 500V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 575V AC 50/60 Hz Control 24V AC/DC Control
(A) 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No.
24 A 5.5 11 15 1…5 1…7.5 1…15 1…20 150-B24NCD 150-B24NCR
35 A 10 18.5 22 1…10 1…10 1…25 1…30 150-B35NCD 150-B35NCR
54 A 15 22 37 1…15 1…20 1…40 1…50 150-B54NCD 150-B54NCR
97 A 25 45 63 5…30 5…30 5…75 5…75 150-B97NCD 150-B97NCR§
135 A 37 75 90 5…40 5…50 5…100 5…125 150-B135NCD 150-B135NCR§
180 A 51 90 132 5…60 5…60 5…150 5…150 150-B180NCD 150-B180NCR§
240 A 75 132 160 5…75 5…75 5…200 5…250 150-B240NCD 150-B240NCR§
360 A 110 200 250 5…125 5…150 5…300 5…350 150-B360NCD 150-B360NCR§
500 A 150 257 355 5…150 5…200 5…400 5…500 150-B500NCD 150-B500NCR§
650 A 200 355 475 5…200 5…250 5…500 5…600 150-B650NCD 150-B650NCR§
720 A 220 400 500 5…250 5…300 5…600 5…700 150-B720NCD 150-B720NCR§
850 A 257 475 600 10…300 10…350 10…700 10…800 150-B850NCD 150-B850NCR§
1000 A 315 530 710 10…350 10…400 10…800 10…1000 150-B1000NCD 150-B1000NCR§
✶ Controllers rated 97 A to 360 A are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 6-61 for terminal lug kits.
† The minimum rating is: 0.7 kW for devices with current ratings of 54 A or less; 4 kW for devices rated 97…720 A; 7.5 kW for devices rated 850 A and greater.
‡ Hp ratings at motor terminal voltages for 208, 480, and 600 line volts, respectively.
§ 120V AC control is required for heatsink fan operation.

6-56 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:53 Page 6-57

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Product Selection, Continued

Non-Combination Controllers — IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed, IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed, and IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Require a separate 100…240V, 50/60 Hz single-phase control source. Line and load terminations are provided as standard. The IP65 (Type 4)
Enclosed Non-Combination, and IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed Non-Combination 97…1000 A controllers include a bypass contactor and a Bulletin
825 converter module. Enclosures other than those listed are available; consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

208V AC
IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Hp Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers
Current Rating 200V AC 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
24 A 1…5 150-B24AHD✶ 150-B24FHD† 150-B24JHD†
35 A 1…10 150-B35AHD✶ 150-B35FHD† 150-B35JHD†
54 A 1…15 150-B54AHD✶ 150-B54FHD† 150-B54JHD†
97 A 5…30 150-B97AHD 150-B97FHD 150-B97JHD
135 A 5…40 150-B135AHD 150-B135FHD 150-B135JHD
180 A 5…60 150-B180AHD 150-B180FHD 150-B180JHD
240 A 5…75 150-B240AHD 150-B240FHD 150-B240JHD
360 A 5…125 150-B360AHD 150-B360FHD 150-B360JHD
500 A 5…150 150-B500AHD 150-B500FHD 150-B500JHD
650 A 5…200 150-B650AHD 150-B650FHD 150-B650JHD
720 A 5…250 150-B720AHD 150-B720FHD 150-B720JHD
850 A 10…300 150-B850AHD 150-B850FHD 150-B850JHD
1000 A 10…350 150-B1000AHD 150-B1000FHD 150-B1000JHD

230V AC
IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
kW‡ Hp Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers
Current Rating 230V AC 50 Hz 230V AC 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
24 A 5.5 1…5 150-B24AAD✶ 150-B24FAD† 150-B24JAD†
35 A 10 1…10 150-B35AAD✶ 150-B35FAD† 150-B35JAD†
54 A 15 1…15 150-B54AAD✶ 150-B54FAD† 150-B54JAD†
97 A 25 5…30 150-B97AAD 150-B97FAD 150-B97JAD
135 A 37 5…40 150-B135AAD 150-B135FAD 150-B135JAD
180 A 51 5…60 150-B180AAD 150-B180FAD 150-B180JAD
240 A 75 5…75 150-B240AAD 150-B240FAD 150-B240JAD
360 A 110 5…125 150-B360AAD 150-B360FAD 150-B360JAD
500 A 150 5…150 150-B500AAD 150-B500FAD 150-B500JAD
650 A 200 5…200 150-B650AAD 150-B650FAD 150-B650JAD
720 A 220 5…250 150-B720AAD 150-B720FAD 150-B720JAD
850 A 257 10…300 150-B850AAD 150-B850FAD 150-B850JAD
1000 A 315 10…350 150-B1000AAD 150-B1000FAD 150-B1000JAD

460V AC
IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
kW‡ Hp Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers
Current Rating 400V AC 50 Hz 460V AC 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
24 A 11 1…15 150-B24ABD✶ 150-B24FBD† 150-B24JBD†
35 A 18.5 1…25 150-B35ABD✶ 150-B35FBD† 150-B35JBD†
54 A 22 1…40 150-B54ABD✶ 150-B54FBD† 150-B54JBD†
97 A 45 5…75 150-B97ABD 150-B97FBD 150-B97JBD
135 A 75 5…100 150-B135ABD 150-B135FBD 150-B135JBD
180 A 90 5…150 150-B180ABD 150-B180FBD 150-B180JBD
240 A 132 5…200 150-B240ABD 150-B240FBD 150-B240JBD
360 A 200 5…300 150-B360ABD 150-B360FBD 150-B360JBD
500 A 257 5…400 150-B500ABD 150-B500FBD 150-B500JBD
650 A 355 5…500 150-B650ABD 150-B650FBD 150-B650JBD
720 A 400 5…600 150-B720ABD 150-B720FBD 150-B720JBD
850 A 475 10…700 150-B850ABD 150-B850FBD 150-B850JBD
1000 A 530 10…800 150-B1000ABD 150-B1000FBD 150-B1000JBD
✶ Includes internal circulating fan rather than enclosure ventilation.
† Includes an internal circulating fan instead of a bypass contactor.
‡ The minimum rating is 0.7 kW for devices with current ratings of 54 A or less; 4 kW for devices rated 97…720 A; 7.5 kW for devices 850 A and greater.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-57


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:53 Page 6-58

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Product Selection, Continued

575V AC
IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed IP65 (Type 4) Enclosed IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Current Rating kW‡ Hp Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers Non-Combination Controllers
(A) 500V AC 50 Hz 575V AC 60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
24 A 15 1…20 150-B24ACD✶ 150-B24FCD† 150-B24JCD†
35 A 22 1…30 150-B35ACD✶ 150-B35FCD† 150-B35JCD†
54 A 37 1…50 150-B54ACD✶ 150-B54FCD† 150-B54JCD†
97 A 63 5…75 150-B97ACD 150-B97FCD 150-B97JCD
135 A 90 5…125 150-B135ACD 150-B135FCD 150-B135JCD
180 A 132 5…150 150-B180ACD 150-B180FCD 150-B180JCD
240 A 160 5…250 150-B240ACD 150-B240FCD 150-B240JCD
360 A 250 5…350 150-B360ACD 150-B360FCD 150-B360JCD
500 A 355 5…500 150-B500ACD 150-B500FCD 150-B500JCD
650 A 475 5…600 150-B650ACD 150-B650FCD 150-B650JCD
720 A 500 5…700 150-B720ACD 150-B720FCD 150-B720JCD
850 A 600 10…800 150-B850ACD 150-B850FCD 150-B850JCD
1000 A 710 10…1000 150-B1000ACD 150-B1000FCD 150-B1000JCD
✶ Includes internal circulating fan rather than enclosure ventilation.
† Includes an internal circulating fan instead of a bypass contactor.
‡ The minimum rating is 0.7 kW for devices with current ratings of 54 A or less; 4 kW for devices rated 97…720 A; 7.5 kW for devices 850 A and greater.

Combination Controllers — IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed with Fusible Disconnect, IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed with Fusible
Disconnect, IP30 (Type 1) Vented Enclosed with Circuit Breaker, IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed with Circuit Breaker
Includes a 120V control transformer and line and load terminations. The IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed Combination with Fusible Disconnect and
IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed Combination with Circuit Breaker 97…1000 A controllers include a bypass contactor and a Bulletin 825 converter
module. Enclosures other than those listed are available; consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
All bulletin 153 numbers are supplied with thermal magnetic circuit breakers.

208V AC, 60 Hz
IP30 (Type 1) Vented IP30 (Type 1) Vented
Enclosed Combination IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed Enclosed Combination IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Controllers with Fusible Combination Controllers Controllers with Circuit Combination Controllers
Hp Controller Current Disconnect with Fusible Disconnect Breaker with Circuit Breaker
Range Rating (A)§ Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…5 24 A 152H-B24AHD-39♣ 152H-B24JHD-39➤ 153H-B24AHD-39♣ 153H-B24JHD-39➤
7-1/2 35 A 152H-B35AHD-40♣ 152H-B35JHD-40➤ 153H-B35AHD-40♣ 153H-B35JHD-40➤
10 35 A 152H-B35AHD-41♣ 152H-B35JHD-41➤ 153H-B35AHD-41♣ 153H-B35JHD-41➤
15 54 A 152H-B54AHD-42♣ 152H-B54JHD-42➤ 153H-B54AHD-42♣ 153H-B54JHD-42➤
20 97 A 152H-B97AHD-43 152H-B97JHD-43 153H-B97AHD-43 153H-B97JHD-43
25 97 A 152H-B97AHD-44 152H-B97JHD-44 153H-B97AHD-44 153H-B97JHD-44
30 97 A 152H-B97AHD-45 152H-B97JHD-45 153H-B97AHD-45 153H-B97JHD-45
40 135 A 152H-B135AHD-46 152H-B135JHD-46 153H-B135AHD-46 153H-B135JHD-46
50 180 A 152H-B180AHD-47 152H-B180JHD-47 153H-B180AHD-47 153H-B180JHD-47
60 180 A 152H-B180AHD-48 152H-B180JHD-48 153H-B180AHD-48 153H-B180JHD-48
75 240 A 152H-B240AHD-49 152H-B240JHD-49 153H-B240AHD-49 153H-B240JHD-49
100 360 A 152H-B360AHD-50 152H-B360JHD-50 153H-B360AHD-50 153H-B360JHD-50
125 360 A 152H-B360AHD-51 152H-B360JHD-51 153H-B360AHD-51 153H-B360JHD-51
150 500 A 152H-B500AHD-52 152H-B500JHD-52 153H-B500AHD-52 153H-B500JHD-52
200 650 A 152H-B650AHD-54 152H-B650JHD-54 153H-B650AHD-54 153H-B650JHD-54
250 720 A 152H-B720AHD-56 152H-B720JHD-56 153H-B720AHD-56 153H-B720JHD-56
300 850 A 152H-B850AHD-57 152H-B850JHD-57 153H-B850AHD-57 153H-B850JHD-57
350 1000 A 152H-B1000AHD-58 152H-B1000JHD-58 153H-B1000AHD-58 153H-B1000JHD-58
§ The nominal current rating for the combination package may differ from the controller, based on the horsepower. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
♣ Includes internal circulating fan rather than enclosure ventilation.
➤ Supplied without bypass contactor or converter module.

Options — Page 6-68


Accessories — Page 6-61
Specifications — Page 6-63
Approximate Dimensions — Page 6-66

6-58 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:53 Page 6-59

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Product Selection, Continued

230V AC, 60 Hz
IP30 (Type 1) Vented IP30 (Type 1) Vented
Enclosed Combination IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed Enclosed Combination IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Controller Controllers with Fusible Combination Controllers Controllers with Circuit Combination Controllers
Hp Current Disconnect with Fusible Disconnect Breaker with Circuit Breaker
Range Rating (A)✶ Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…7-1/2 24 A 152H-B24AAD-40† 152H-B24JAD-40‡ 153H-B24AAD-40† 153H-B24JAD-40‡
10 35 A 152H-B35AAD-41† 152H-B35JAD-41‡ 153H-B35AAD-41† 153H-B35JAD-41‡
15 54 A 152H-B54AAD-42† 152H-B54JAD-42‡ 153H-B54AAD-42† 153H-B54JAD-42‡
20 54 A 152H-B54AAD-43† 152H-B54JAD-43‡ 153H-B54AAD-43† 153H-B54JAD-43‡
25 97 A 152H-B97AAD-44 152H-B97JAD-44 153H-B97AAD-44 153H-B97JAD-44
30 97 A 152H-B97AAD-45 152H-B97JAD-45 153H-B97AAD-45 153H-B97JAD-45
40 135 A 152H-B135AAD-46 152H-B135JAD-46 153H-B135AAD-46 153H-B135JAD-46
50 135 A 152H-B135AAD-47 152H-B135JAD-47 153H-B135AAD-47 153H-B135JAD-47
60 180 A 152H-B180AAD-48 152H-B180JAD-48 153H-B180AAD-48 153H-B180JAD-48
75 180 A 152H-B240AAD-49 152H-B240JAD-49 153H-B240AAD-49 153H-B240JAD-49
100 360 A 152H-B360AAD-50 152H-B360JAD-50 153H-B360AAD-50 153H-B360JAD-50
125 360 A 152H-B360AAD-51 152H-B360JAD-51 153H-B360AAD-51 153H-B360JAD-51
150 360 A 152H-B360AAD-52 152H-B360JAD-52 153H-B360AAD-52 153H-B360JAD-52
200 500 A 152H-B500AAD-54 152H-B500JAD-54 153H-B500AAD-54 153H-B500JAD-54
250 650 A 152H-B650AAD-56 152H-B650JAD-56 153H-B650AAD-56 153H-B650JAD-56
300 720 A 152H-B720AAD-57 152H-B720JAD-57 153H-B720AAD-57 153H-B720JAD-57
350 850 A 152H-B850AAD-58 152H-B850JAD-58 153H-B850AAD-58 153H-B850JAD-58
400 1000 A 152H-B1000AAD-59 152H-B1000JAD-59 153H-B1000AAD-59 153H-B1000JAD-59

460V AC, 60 Hz
IP30 (Type 1) Vented IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed IP30 (Type 1) Vented
Enclosed Combination Combination Controllers Enclosed Combination IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Controllers with Fusible with Controllers with Circuit Combination Controllers
Hp Controller Current Disconnect Fusible Disconnect Breaker with Circuit Breaker
Range Rating (A)✶ Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…15 24 A 152H-B24ABD-42† 152H-B24JBD-42‡ 153H-B24ABD-42† 153H-B24JBD-42‡
20 35 A 152H-B35ABD-43† 152H-B35JBD-43‡ 153H-B35ABD-43† 153H-B35JBD-43‡
25 35 A 152H-B35ABD-44† 152H-B35JBD-44‡ 153H-B35ABD-44† 153H-B35JBD-44‡
30 54 A 152H-B54ABD-45† 152H-B54JBD-45‡ 153H-B54ABD-45† 153H-B54JBD-45‡
40 54 A 152H-B54ABD-46† 152H-B54JBD-46‡ 153H-B54ABD-46† 153H-B54JBD-46‡
50 97 A 152H-B97ABD-47 152H-B97JBD-47 153H-B97ABD-47 153H-B97JBD-47
60 97 A 152H-B97ABD-48 152H-B97JBD-48 153H-B97ABD-48 153H-B97JBD-48
75 97 A 152H-B97ABD-49 152H-B97JBD-49 153H-B97ABD-49 153H-B97JBD-49
100 135 A 152H-B135ABD-50 152H-B135JBD-50 153H-B135ABD-50 153H-B135JBD-50
125 180 A 152H-B180ABD-51 152H-B180JBD-51 153H-B180ABD-51 153H-B180JBD-51
150 180 A 152H-B180ABD-52 152H-B180JBD-52 153H-B180ABD-52 153H-B180JBD-52
200 240 A 152H-B240ABD-54 152H-B240JBD-54 153H-B240ABD-54 153H-B240JBD-54
250 360 A 152H-B360ABD-56 152H-B360JBD-56 153H-B360ABD-56 153H-B360JBD-56
300 360 A 152H-B360ABD-57 152H-B360JBD-57 153H-B360ABD-57 153H-B360JBD-57
350 500 A 152H-B500ABD-58 152H-B500JBD-58 153H-B500ABD-58 153H-B500JBD-58
400 500 A 152H-B500ABD-59 152H-B500JBD-59 153H-B500ABD-59 153H-B500JBD-59
450 650 A 152H-B650ABD-60 152H-B650JBD-60 153H-B650ABD-60 153H-B650JBD-60
500 650 A 152H-B650ABD-61 152H-B650JBD-61 153H-B650ABD-61 153H-B650JBD-61
600 720 A 152H-B720ABD-62 152H-B720JBD-62 153H-B720ABD-62 153H-B720JBD-62
700 850 A 152H-B850ABD-63 152H-B850JBD-63 153H-B850ABD-63 153H-B850JBD-63
800 1000 A 152H-B1000ABD-65 152H-B1000JBD-65 153H-B1000ABD-65 153H-B1000JBD-65
✶ The nominal current rating for the combination package may differ from the controller, based on the horsepower. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
† Includes internal circulating fan rather than enclosure ventilation.
‡ Supplied without bypass contactor or converter module.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-59


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_a.qxd 04/02/2004 17:53 Page 6-60

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Product Selection, Continued/Options

575V AC, 60 Hz
IP30 (Type 1) Vented IP30 (Type 1) Vented IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed
Enclosed Combination IP54 (Type 12) Enclosed Enclosed Combination Combination Controllers
Controllers with Fusible Combination Controllers Controllers with Circuit with
Hp Controller Current Disconnect with Fusible Disconnect Breaker Circuit Breaker
Range Rating (A)✶ Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
1…20 24 A 152H-B24ACD-43† 152H-B24JCD-43‡ 153H-B24ACD-43† 153H-B24JCD-43‡
25 35 A 152H-B35ACD-44† 152H-B35JCD-44‡ 153H-B35ACD-44† 153H-B35JCD-44‡
30 35 A 152H-B35ACD-45† 152H-B35JCD-45‡ 153H-B35ACD-45† 153H-B35JCD-45‡
40 54 A 152H-B54ACD-46† 152H-B54JCD-46‡ 153H-B54ACD-46† 153H-B54JCD-46‡
50 54 A 152H-B54ACD-47† 152H-B54JCD-47‡ 153H-B54ACD-47 153H-B54JCD-47‡
60 97 A 152H-B97ACD-48 152H-B97JCD-48 153H-B97ACD-48 153H-B97JCD-48
75 97 A 152H-B97ACD-49 152H-B97JCD-49 153H-B97ACD-49 153H-B97JCD-49
100 135 A 152H-B135ACD-50 152H-B135JCD-50 153H-B135ACD-50 153H-B135JCD-50
125 135 A 152H-B135ACD-51 152H-B135JCD-51 153H-B135ACD-51 153H-B135JCD-51
150 180 A 152H-B180ACD-52 152H-B180JCD-52 153H-B180ACD-52 153H-B180JCD-52
200 240 A 152H-B240ACD-54 152H-B240JCD-54 153H-B240ACD-54 153H-B240JCD-54
250 240 A 152H-B240ACD-56 152H-B240JCD-56 153H-B240ACD-56 153H-B240JCD-56
300 360 A 152H-B360ACD-57 152H-B360JCD-57 153H-B360ACD-57 153H-B360JCD-57
350 360 A 152H-B360ACD-58 152H-B360JCD-58 153H-B360ACD-58 153H-B360JCD-58
400 500 A 152H-B500ACD-59 152H-B500JCD-59 153H-B500ACD-59 153H-B500JCD-59
450 500 A 152H-B500ACD-60 152H-B500JCD-60 153H-B500ACD-60 153H-B500JCD-60
500 500 A 152H-B500ACD-61 152H-B500JCD-61 153H-B500ACD-61 153H-B500JCD-61
600 650 A 152H-B650ACD-62 152H-B650JCD-62 153H-B650ACD-62 153H-B650JCD-62
700 720 A 152H-B720ACD-63 152H-B720JCD-63 153H-B720ACD-63 153H-B720JCD-63
800 850 A 152H-B850ACD-65 152H-B850JCD-65 153H-B850ACD-65 153H-B850JCD-65
1000 1000 A 152H-B1000ACD-67 152H-B1000JCD-67 153H-B1000ACD-67 153H-B1000JCD-67
✶ The nominal current rating for the combination package may differ from the controller, based on the horsepower. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
† Includes internal circulating fan rather than enclosure ventilation.
‡ Supplied without bypass contactor or converter module.

Open Type Options (only one selection allowed)


Cat. No.
Option Description Modification
Soft Stop Provides a ramp down time of 0…60 seconds for applications which require an extended coast-to-rest. A§
Pump Provides smooth motor acceleration and deceleration, reducing surges caused by the starting and stopping of centrifugal pumps.

Control Starting time is adjustable from 0…30 seconds, and stopping time is adjustable from 0…120 seconds.
Preset Slow Provides preset slow speeds for positioning or alignment applications. Preset speeds can be selected at either 7% or 15% of rated

Speed motor speed, with adjustable slow speed current from 0…450% of full load motor current.
SMB Smart
Provides a microprocessor-based braking system that applies 3-phase braking current to a standard squirrel cage induction motor.
Motor D§
The strength of the braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of the motor’s full load current rating.
Braking
Provides stopping control for general positioning or to minimize jogging to stop. A 3-phase braking current is applied to the motor
(adjustable from 0…400% of full load current) until it reaches a preset slow speed (either 7% or 15% of rated motor speed). The
Accu-Stop E§
motor is held at this speed until a stop command is given. Braking torque is then applied until the motor reaches zero speed. Slow
speed current is adjustable from 0…450% of full load current.
Provides a preset slow speed for positioning or alignment applications. Preset speeds can be selected at either 7% or 15% of
Slow Speed rated motor speed, with adjustable slow speed current from 0…450% of full load current.

with Braking Provides a microprocessor based braking system that applies 3-phase braking current to a standard squirrel cage induction motor.
The strength of the braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of full load motor current.

§ Add the designated letter to the end of the cat. no. Example: To add the Pump Control option: Cat. No. 150-B24NBDB.

6-60 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:08 Page 6-61

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Accessories — Field-Installed
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Protective Modules✶†
Field Modification
Current Rating (A) Description Cat. No.

480 V Protective Module (Field Installed) 150-N84

24…54

600 V Protective Module (Field Installed) 150-N86

480 V Protective Module (Field Installed) 150-N84L

97…360

600 V Protective Module (Field Installed) 150-N86L

✶ The same protective module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC Dialog Plus Controller. For applications requiring both line and load side protection,
two protective modules must be ordered.
† Surge protection is provided as standard on 500…1000 A units

Terminal Lug Kits (97…1000 A)


Total No. of
Terminal Lugs
Current Possible Each Side Pkg.
Rating (A) Conductor Size Line Side Load Side Quantity Cat. No.

97…135 3 3
#6…4/0 AWG
199-LF1
16 mm2…120 mm2
180…360 6 6

500† 6 6 3
#4…500 MCM AWG
199-LG1
25 mm2…240 mm2
650…720† 9 9

(2) 1/0…500 MCM AWG


850…1000† 6 6 199-LJ1
50 mm2…240 mm2

† Lugs are supplied with SMC.

IEC Terminal Covers


Field Modification
Description Cat. No.

IEC line- or load-side terminal covers for 97…135 A devices


150-NT1
(includes line and load termination covers)

IEC line- or load-side terminal covers for 180…360 A devices


150-NT2
(includes line and load termination covers)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-61


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:08 Page 6-62

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Accessories — Field-Installed, Continued

Description Degree of Protection Cat. No.

Door Mount Bezel Kit IP30 (Type 1) 1201-DMA

Cat. No. 1201-HAP Programmer Only IP30 (Type 1)† 1201-HAP

IP65 (Type 4/12) with


Programmer Only 1201-HJP
Bezel
Human Interface Module‡

Cat. No. 1201-HA1 Analog Control Panel✶ IP30 (Type 1)† 1201-HA1

Digital Control Panel✶ IP30 (Type 1)† 1201-HA2

IP65 (Type 4/12) with


Cat. No. 1201-HA2 Digital Control Panel✶ 1201-HJ2
Bezel
Description For Use With Cat. No.
0.3 m 1202-C03
1m Human Interface 1202-C10
Communication Module and
Male-Male 3m 1202-C30
Cable Communication
Modules
Communication Cable
9m 1202-C90
Cat. No. 1202-C10
Single Point Remote I/O‡ 1203-GD1
RS-232/RS-422/RS-485/DF1, or DH485 (Series
1203-GD2
B)
ControlNet 1203-CN1
Communication Bulletin 150 SMC
Module‡ Dialog Plus
DeviceNet Network‡ 1203-GK5

Communication Module
Enhanced DeviceNet 1203-GU6
Cat. No. 1203-GD1
DriveTools™ Programming Software‡§ Personal Computer 9303-3CS0EFF

Flex I/O SCANport Module‡♣


1203-FB1
Flex I/O Terminal Base Bulletin 150 SMC
Dialog Plus

Cat. No. 1203-FM1 Cat No. 1203-SM1 Flex I/O Module 1203-FM1➤
Communication Option Kits SLC Communication Module‡ 1203-SM1
✶ Start, Stop, and Jog buttons are the only active controls when used with the SMC Dialog Plus Controller.
† Requires Type 1 Door Mount Bezel Kit.
‡ Separately powered 120/240V AC.
§ Requires the use of a Cat. No. 1203-GD2 communication module.
♣ Each Flex I/O SCANport Module requires (1) Cat. No. 1203-FB1 and (1) Cat. No. 1203-FM1.
➤ Requires a Communication Option Cable (Cat. No. 1202-C03/C10/C30/C90) to be functional. These units are not acceptable for NEMA Type 4 door mounting
or UL Type 4X outdoor only.

6-62 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-63

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Accessories — Field-Installed, Continued/Specifications

Converter Modules✶
Motor Full Load
Current Range (A) Cat. No.

2.5…20 A 825-MCM20

Cat. No. 825-MCM180 20…180 A 825-MCM180

64…360 A 825-MCM630

Cat. No. 825-MCM630


Connection cable (replacement)
825-MCA
150 to 825-MCM connection

Description Cat. No.

Fanning Strip for Bulletin 825 Converter Modules 150-NFS

Cat. No. 150-NFS


Features
M8 Terminals
1/8 x 5/8 x 4-1/64 in. (4 x 16 x 102 mm) (125 A max.) 825-MVM
Universally applicable
Weight: 230 g
✶ Must be used with fanning strip Cat. No. 150-NFS.

Specifications
Functional Design Specifications
The SMC Dialog Plus Controller can be wired with or without an isolation contactor. Bypass contactors can
Power Wiring
Installation be employed after the controller has brought the motor to full speed.
Control Wiring 2- and 3-wire control for a wide variety of applications.
Keypad The SMC Dialog Plus Controller is configured with the front keypad and backlit LCD display.
Setup Parameter values can be downloaded to the SMC Dialog Plus Controller with DriveTools programming
Software
software and the Cat. No. 1203-GD2 communication module.
Communications One serial port provided for connection to optional human interface and communication modules.
Standard Features
Starting Modes Soft start with selectable kickstart, current limit, dual ramp, and full voltage in one unit.
Power loss, line fault, voltage unbalance, excessive starts/hour, phase reversal, undervoltage, overvoltage,
Protection and Diagnostics
controller temp, stall, jam, open gate, overload, underload, communication fault.
Metering Amps, volts, kW, kWH, elapsed time, power factor, motor thermal capacity usage.
Status Indication Stopped, ramping, stopping, at speed, and fault.
(1) Single-pole double-throw contact programmable as normal or up-to-speed; one programmable as
Auxiliary Contacts
normal or fault.
Soft Stop Extended coast-to-rest to minimize load shifting. Ramp down time is adjustable from 0…60 seconds.
Helps reduce fluid surges in centrifugal pumping systems during starting and stopping period. Starting time
Pump Control
is adjustable from 0…30 seconds. Stopping time is adjustable from 0…120 seconds.
Enables the operator to position material. The preset slow speed can be set for low (7% of base speed),
Preset Slow Speed
Optional Features high (15% of base speed), reverse low (10% of base speed) or reverse high (20% of base speed).
Provides motor braking without additional equipment for applications that require the motor to stop quickly.
SMB Smart Motor Braking
Braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of the motor’s full load current rating.
Accu-Stop/Slow Speed with Combines Smart Motor Braking and Preset Slow Speed. Braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of full
Braking load current. Slow speed can be set for either Low (7% of base speed) or High (15% of base speed).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-63


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-64

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Specifications, Continued

Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
200…480V AC 200…415V
Rated Operation Voltage
200…600V AC (–15%, +10%) 200…500V
Rated Insulation Voltage N/A 500V
Rated Impulse Voltage N/A 6000V
Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V
200…480V AC: 1400V 200…415V: 1400V
Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage Rating
200…600V AC: 1600V 200…500V: 1600V
Power Circuit Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category MG 1 AC-53a
Protection Against Electrical Shock N/A IP00 (open device)
DV/DT Protection RC Snubber Network
Metal Oxide Varistors:
220 Joules @ 24…360 A
Transient Protection
220 Joules @ 480V, 500…1000 A
300 Joules @ 600V, 500…1000 A
SCPD Performance Type 1
SCPD List Maximum Fuse or Circuit Breaker (A):
24 80
35 125
54 200
97 350
135 500
Short Circuit
180 600
Protection
Device Operational Current Rating (A) 240 700
360 1000
500 1200
650 1600
720 2000
850 2500
1000 3000
100…240V AC 100…240V
Rated Operational Voltage 24V AC 24V
24V DC 24V DC
Rated Insulation Voltage N/A 240V
Control Circuit Rated Impulse Voltage N/A 3000V
Dielectric Withstand 1600V AC 2000V
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Protection Against Electric Shock N/A IP20
Control Module 40 VA
24 —
35 —
54 —
97 45 VA
135 45 VA
Power 180 45 VA
Requirements Heatsink Fan(s) (A)✶ 240 45 VA
360 45 VA
500 145 VA
650 320 VA
720 320 VA
850 320 VA
1000 320 VA
✶ For devices rated 24…500 A, heatsink fans can be powered by either 110/120V AC or 220/240V AC. For devices rated 650…1000 A, heatsink fans can only be
powered by 110/120V AC.

6-64 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-65

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Specifications, Continued

Electrical Ratings, Continued


UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
24 110
35 150
54 200
97 285
135 490
Maximum Heat 180 660
Controller
Dissipation 240 935
Rating (A)
(Watts) 360 1170
500 1400
650 2025
720 2250
850 2400
1000 2760
Rated Operation Voltage 240V AC 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage N/A 240V
Dielectric Withstand 1600V AC 2000V
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Auxiliary
Contacts B300 (terminals 18…19)
Utilization Category C300 (terminals 18…20) AC-15
C300 (terminals 29…30)
SCPD Performance Type 2
SCPD List Class CC 8 A @ 1000 A Available Fault Current
Environmental
0…50°C (32…122 °F) (open)
Operating Temperature Range
0…40°C (32…104 °F) (enclosed)
Storage and Transportation Temperature Range –20…+75 °C
2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% (non-condensing)
Pollution Degree 2
Mechanical
Resistance to Operational 1.0 G Peak, 0.006 Inch Displacement
Vibration Non-Operational 2.5 G, 0.015 Inch Displacement
Resistance to Operational 15 G
Shock Non-Operational 30 G
Power Thermoset Moldings 24…135 A
Poles Heatsink hockey puck thyristor 180…1000 A
Construction
Control Modules Thermoset and Thermoplastic Moldings
Metal Parts Anodized Aluminum, Plated Brass, Copper, or Painted Steel
24…54 A 6.0 mm hole with clamp screw
97 and 135 A One 11.5 mm (0.453) diameter hole each
Power 180…360 A One 10.5 mm (0.413) diameter hole each
Terminals 500 A Two 13.5 mm (0.531) diameter holes each
Terminals
650 and 720 A Three 13.1 mm (0.515) diameter holes each
850 and 1000 A Six 13.1 mm (0.515) diameter holes each
Power Terminal Markings NEMA, CENELEC EN50 012
Control Terminals M 3.5 x 0.6 Pozidriv screw with self-lifting clamp plate
Other
EMC Emission Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A
Levels Radiated Emissions Class A
Electrostatic Discharge 8 kV Air Discharge
EMC Immunity Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Per IEC 947-4-2
Levels Fast Transient Per IEC 947-4-2
Surge Transient Per IEC 947-4-2
Current Range 1.0…999.9 A
Overload Trip Classes 10, 15, 20, and 30
Characteristics Trip Current Rating 120% of Motor FLC
Number of Poles 3

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-65


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-66

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Specifications, Continued Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights


Fuse Clip Sizing and Type for Fusible Combination Open Type Controllers
Controllers✶† Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended
Horsepower @ 480V Fuse Clip Size/Type Fuse Size Range (A) for manufacturing purposes.
15 30 A/Class J 0…30 Controller
20 60 A/Class J 31…60 Rating (A) Height Width Depth Weight
25 60 A/Class J 31…60 180 154 185 4.5 kg
24
(7.09) (6.06) (7.29) (10 lbs)
30 60 A/Class J 31…60
240 214 195 6.8 kg
40 100 A/Class J 61…100 35
(9.45) (8.43) (7.68) (15 lbs)
50 100 A/Class J 61…100 290 244 225 11.3 kg
54
60 200 A/Class J 101…200 (11.42) (9.61) (8.86) (25 lbs)
75 200 A/Class J 101…200 336 248 256 10.4 kg
97
100 200 A/Class J 101…200 (13.23) (9.77) (10.09) (23 lbs)
125 400 A/Class J 201…400 336 248 256 11.8 kg
135
(13.23) (9.77) (10.09) (26 lbs)
150 400 A/Class J 201…400
560 273 294 25 kg
200 400 A/Class J 201…400 180
(22.06) (10.75) (11.58) (55 lbs)
250 400 A/Class J 401…600 560 273 294 30 kg
300 600 A/Class J 401…600 240
(22.06) (10.75) (11.58) (65 lbs)
350 600 A/Class J 401…600 560 273 294 30 kg
360
400 1200 A/Class L 601…1600 (22.06) (10.75) (11.58) (65 lbs)
450 1200 A/Class L 601…1600 588 508 311 40.8 kg
500
(23.17) (20.00) (12.23) (90 lbs)
500 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
1524 813 402 167.8 kg
600 1200 A/Class L 601…1600 650…1000
(60.0) (32.00) (15.83) (370 lbs)
700 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
800 1200 A/Class L 601…1600
✶ Consult NEC Handbook for proper fuse sizing guidelines.
† Optional fuse clip sizes and types are available upon request. Consult your
local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Circuit Breaker Sizes and Rating Plug Sizes


Interrupting Rating in
Circuit Breaker Size (A)/ Symmetrical Amps
Horsepower @ 480V Rating Plug Size (A) @ 480V‡
15 150/50 14 000
20 150/50 14 000
25 150/60 14 000
30 150/70 14 000
40 150/100 14 000
50 150/125 14 000
60 250/150 25 000
75 250/175 25 000
100 250/225 25 000
125 250/250 25 000
150 400/300 35 000
200 400/400 35 000
250 600/500 35 000
300 600/600 35 000
350 800/800 35 000
400 800/800 50 000
450 1200/1000 50 000
500 1200/1200 50 000
600 1200/1200 50 000
700 2000/1600 65 000
800 2000/2000 65 000
‡ For higher interrupting ratings, consult factory.

6-66 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-67

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC Dialog Plus™
Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued

Enclosed Type Controllers


Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. All dimensions are subject to change.
Factory-installed options may affect enclosure size requirements.
Exact dimensions can be obtained after order entry. Please consult factory.

A J
Controller IP30 (Type 1) IP54 (Type 12) IP65 (Type 4)
Rating (A) B Height A Width C Depth B Height A Width C Depth B Height A Width C Depth
Non-Combination Controller
24 610 (24) 406 (16) 229 (9) 610 (24) 406 (16) 229 (9) 610 (24) 406 (16) 229 (9)
35 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
54 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
97 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
135 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
180 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
240 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
360 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1524 (60) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1524 (60) 914 (36) 356 (14)
500 1524 (60) 914 (36) 356 (14) 2286 (90) 889 (35) 508 (20) 2134 (90) 1016 (35) 457 (20)
650 2286 (90) 889 (35) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20)
720 2286 (90) 889 (35) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20)
850 2286 (90) 889 (35) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20)
1000 2286 (90) 889 (35) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (60) 508 (20)
Combination Controllers with Fusible Disconnect
24 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
35 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
54 (60 A Disconnect) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
54 (100 A Disconnect) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
97 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
135 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
180 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
240 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
360 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (15) 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (15) 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (15)
500 (600 A Disconnect) 2134 (84) 1016 (40) 457 (18) 2134 (84) 1016 (40) 457 (18) 2134 (84) 1016 (40) 457 (18)
500 (1200 A Disconnect) 2286 (90) 1143 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1270 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20)
650 2286 (90) 1397 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20)
720 2286 (90) 1397 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20)
850 2286 (90) 1397 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (95) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (95) 508 (20)
1000 2286 (90) 1397 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (95) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (95) 508 (20)
Combination Controllers with Circuit Breaker
24 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
35 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
54 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
97 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
135 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
180 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
240 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
360 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (14) 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (14) 1524 (60) 965 (38) 356 (14)
500 2134 (90) 1016 (35) 457 (20) 2134 (90) 1016 (35) 457 (20) 2134 (90) 1016 (35) 457 (20)
650 2286 (90) 1397 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (50) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (50) 508 (20)
720 2286 (90) 1397 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (50) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 1778 (50) 508 (20)
850 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (65) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (65) 508 (20)
1000 2286 (90) 1778 (55) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (65) 508 (20) 2286 (90) 2667 (65) 508 (20)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-67


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-68

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC-2, SMC Plus, SMC Dialog Plus
Enclosed Options
Οπτιονσ

For other options contact your local authorized Allen-Bradley Distributor.


Ενχλοσεδ Οπτιονσ

SMC Type
SMC-
SMC Dialog Cat. No.
Option Description SMC-2 Plus Plus Modification
Provides a ramp down time of 0…60 s for applications that require an extended coast-
Soft Stop X X -A✶
to-rest.
Provides smooth motor acceleration and deceleration, reducing surges caused by the
Pump Control starting and stopping of centrifugal pumps. Starting time is adjustable from 0…30 s and X X -B✶
stopping time is adjustable from 0…120 s.
Provides a microprocessor-based braking system that applies 3-phase braking current
SMB Smart Motor Braking to a standard squirrel-cage induction motor. The strength of the braking current is X X -D✶
adjustable from 0…400% of the motor;s full load current rating.
Start-Stop Push Button X X X -1
Start-Stop Push Button with H-O-A Selector Switch X X X -1F
Push Buttons Soft Stop Push Button† X X -1XA
Pump Stop Push Button† X X -1XB
Brake Push Button† X X -1XD
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch X X X -3
Selector Switch
SMC-Off-Bypass Selector Switch X X -3B
Transformer Pilot Light‡ (Red or Green Lens) X X X -4_
Pilot Light
Push-To-Test Pilot Light‡ (Red Lens) X X X -5_
Control Circuit Transformer (fused primary and secondary) X X X -6P
Control Circuit Transformer Additional 100 VA Control Circuit Transformer
X -6PX
(fused primary and secondary)
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 5 A unit X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 9 A unit X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 16 A unit X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 24 A unit X X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 35 A unit X X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 54 A unit X X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 68 A unit X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 97 A unit X
SCR Fusing -SCR
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 97…135 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 180 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 240 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 360 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 500 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 650…720 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 850 A unit X X
Fast Acting Current Limiting SCR Fusing for 1000 A unit X X
Programmer Only (Type 1) X -HAP
Door-Mounted Human Programmer Only (Type 4/12) X -HJP
Interface Module Digital Contral Panel (Type 1) X -HA2
Digital Control Panel (Type 4/12) X -HJ2
Remote I/O X -GD1
RS-232/422/485, DH485 X -GD2
Communication Module DeviceNet™ Network X -GK5
Enhanced DeviceNet X -GU6
ControlNet X -CN1
✶ Add the Designated letter to the end of the Cat. No. For example, to add the pump control option Cat. No. 152H-B180JBDB-51 .
† Option push buttons are available only when the corresponding option module is selected. For example, Cat. No. 150-A24JBDA-1XA.
‡ Specify pilot light lens color. Options: Red, Green.

6-68 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-69

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC-2, SMC Plus, SMC Dialog Plus
Enclosed Options, Continued

SMC Type
SMC-
SMC Dialog Cat. No.
Option Description SMC-2 Plus Plus Modification
24…54 A, 380…480V Line Side Protective Module X
68 A, 380…480V Line Side Protective Module X
97 A, 380…480V Line Side Protective Module X -8L4
24…54 A, 480V Line Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 480V Line Side Protective Module X
24…54 A, 480V Load Side Protective Module X
-8M4
97…360 A, 480V Load Side Protective Module X
24…54 A, 380…480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
68 A, 380…480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
97 A, 380…480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X -8B4
24…54 A, 480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
Protective Module✶
24…54 A, 480V Line Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 480V Line Side Protective Module X
-8L
24…54 A, 600V Line Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 600V Line Side Protective Module X
24…54 A, 480V Load Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 480V Load Side Protective Module X
-8M
24…54 A, 600V Load Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 600V Load Side Protective Module X
24…54 A, 480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 480V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
-8B
24…54 A, 600V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
97…360 A, 600V Both Line and Load Side Protective Module X
N.O. auxiliary contacts for 97…1000 A X X -90
Auxiliary Contacts† N.C. auxiliary contacts for 97…1000 A X X -91
1 N.O. … 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts for 97…1000 A X X -901
12…38 A X -H2
Solid-State Overload Relay 14…45 A X -J2
Trip Class 10 23…75 A X -K3
66…110 A X -L4
Three-pole thermal overload for 24 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 35 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 54 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 68 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 97 A units X
Eutectic Alloy Overload Three-pole thermal overload for 24…35 A units X
Relay (No Heater -OL
Elements)§ Three-pole thermal overload for 54 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 97…135 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 180…240 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 500 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 650…850 A units X
Three-pole thermal overload for 1000 A units X
Bulletin 700CF 4-pole relay – 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. X X -89F22
Unwired Control Relays➤ Bulletin 700CF 4-pole relay – 3 N.O. and 1 N.C. X X -89F31
Bulletin 700CF 4-pole relay – 4 N.O. X X -89F40
N.O. disconnect auxiliary mounted on operating mechanism X X -98
Disconnect Auxiliarya
N.C. disconnect auxiliary mounted on operating mechanism X X -99
Circuit Breaker Disconnect Internal N.O. circuit breaker auxiliary X X -98X
Auxilary Internal N.C. circuit breaker auxiiary X X -99X
Service Entrance Label ServiceEntrance Label X X -SEL
UL Label UL Label X X -UL
Print Approval™ Customer-request print approval drawings X X X -PA
✶ Line and Load Side Protective Modules are standard on 500…1000 A SMC-Plus and SMC-Dialog Plus units.
† Available only with enclosed Bulletin 150, 152 and 153 devices with bypass contactor. Maximum of four (4) auxiliary contacts.
§ Thermal overload for Bulletin 150 enclosed controllers only. Overload is standard on Bulletins 152 and 153.
➤ Instantaneous auxiliary contacts on Bulletin 700CF relays are non-convertible.
a Available only with Bulletin 152 and 153 devices. Maximum of two (2) disconnect auxiliaries.
 Available only with Bulletin 153 devices. Maximum of two (2) disconnect auxiliaries.
™ Order to be released to manufacturing upon release of signed print approval drawings.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-69


Bulletin_150_Smart_Motor_Controllers_SMC_Dialog_Plus_b.qxd 04/02/2004 18:09 Page 6-70

Bulletin 150
Bulletin 150 Smart Motor Controller — SMC-2, SMC Plus, SMC Dialog Plus
Enclosed Options, Continued

SMC Type
SMC-
SMC Dialog Cat. No.
Option Description SMC-2 Plus Plus Modification
NEMA Bypass for 97 A unit X X
NEMA Bypass for 135…180 A units X X
NEMA Bypass Contactor7 NEMA Bypass for 240 A unit X X -NB
NEMA Bypass for 360 A unit X X
NEMA Bypass for 500 A unit X X
NEMA Isolation for 97 A unit X X
NEMA Isolation for 135…180 A units X X
NEMA Isolation Contactor
NEMA Isolation for 240 A unit X X -NI
7
NEMA Isolation for 360 A unit X X
NEMA Isolation for 500 A unit X X
24…97 A Overload Relay Reset X
External Overload Relay 24…54 A Overload Relay Reset X
-7
Reset ‡ 97…240 A Overload Relay Reset X
360…1000 A Overload Relay Reset X
7 650, 720, 850, and 1000 A units currently use a NEMA contactor.
‡ External Overload Relay Reset is available with Bulletins 152 and 153 devices with overload option only.

6-70 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_156.qxd 04/02/2004 21:06 Page 6-71

Bulletin 156
Solid-State Contactors
Product Selection

Bulletin 156 — Solid-State Contactors Table of Contents


The Bulletin 156 Solid-State Contactors are designed for fast and demanding
switching of loads such as heaters, solenoids, transformers and motors. Product Selection . . . this page
y Compact modular design complete with heatsink Technical Data . . . . . . 6-72
y DIN Rail mountable Approximate
y Easy and quick installation Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-75
y Specification according to industry standard
Standards Compliance
y Available in single-phase, dual-phase or three-phase version
y Operational current up to 50 A (AC-1), 15 A (AC-3) y UL 508
y LED Status indication. y IEC 60947-4-2
y Line voltage up to 600V AC y IEC 60947-4-3
y Universal control voltage y CSA 22.2 No. 14
y Burst firing (zero cross)
y IP 20 protection Approvals
y Built-in varistor protection phase or three-phase y CE
y cULus (File #2 E96956 Guide
#NMFT and NMFT7)
y CSA (218887)

Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Single-Phase
Operational Voltage
Cat. No.
Current Rating (A) Control Voltage 24…230V AC 24…480V AC 24…600V AC
15 5…24V DC 156-A15AB1 156-A15BB1 156-A15CB1
15 24…230V AC/DC 156-A15AA1 156-A15BA1 156-A15CA1
30 5…24V DC 156-A30AB1 156-A30BB1 156-A30CB1
30 24…230V AC/DC 156-A30AA1 156-A30BA1 156-A30CA1
50 5…24V DC 156-A50AB1 156-A50BB1 156-A50CB1
50 24…230V AC/DC 156-A50AA1 156-A50BA1 156-A50CA1

Dual-Phase
Operational Voltage
Cat. No.
Current Rating (A) Control Voltage 24…230V AC 24…480V AC 24…600V AC
30 5…24V DC 156-A30AB2 156-A30BB2 156-A30CB2
30 24…230V AC/DC 156-A30AA2 156-A30BA2 156-A30CA2
50 5…24V DC 156-A50AB2 156-A50BB2 156-A50CB2
50 24…230V AC/DC 156-A50AA2 156-A50BA2 156-A50CA2

Three-Phase
Operational Voltage
Cat. No.
Current Rating (A) Control Voltage 24…230V AC 24…480V AC 24…600V AC
10 5…24V DC 156-A10AB3 156-A10BB3 156-A10CB3
10 24…230V AC/DC 156-A10AA3 156-A10BA3 156-A10CA3
20 5…24V DC 156-A20AB3 156-A20BB3 156-A20CB3
20 24…230V AC/DC 156-A20AA3 156-A20BA3 156-A20CA3

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-71


Bulletin_156.qxd 04/02/2004 21:06 Page 6-72

Bulletin 156
Solid-State Contactors
Specifications

Technical Data
Output specifications
Single- and dual-phase✶ Three-phase
15 A† 30 A 50 A 10 A 20 A
Operational current [A]
AC-1, AC-51 (heater load) max. 15 30 50 10 20
AC-3, AC-53A (motor load) max. 15‡ 15 15 10 10
24…230V AC
Operational voltage
24…480V AC
(50/60 Hz)
24…600V AC
Leakage current max. 1 mA
Operational current max. 10 mA
Semiconductor protection fusing
Type 1 coordination 50 A gL / gG 35 A gL/gG
Type 2 coordination I2t (t=10 ms)1800 A2s 1800 A2s† 450 A2s
✶ Dual-phase: Current rating is accumulated, i.e., the sum of current in L1 and L2
† 15 A @ 600V equals 450 A2s
‡ AC-3, AC-53A (motor load) @ 600V AC is rated at 10A max.

Control circuit specifications


Control voltage range (±10%) 5…24V DC, 24…230V AC/DC
Pick-up voltage max. 4.25V DC, 20.4V AC/DC
Drop-out voltage min. 1.5V DC, 7.2V AC/DC
Control current / power max. 15 mA at 24V DC, 1.5 VA/6 mA at 24V DC
Response time ½ cycle/1 cycle
EMC immunity Meets requirements of EN 50082-1 and EN 50082-2

Operating Temperature
Single- and dual-phase Three-phase
15 A 30 A 50 A 10 A 20 A
Ambient temperature +40 °C [A] 15 30 50 10 20
+50 °C [A] 12.5 25 40 8 16
+60 °C [A] 10 20 30 6.5 13

Insulation
Rated insulation voltage Ui 660V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Installation category III

Materials
Housing Self-extinguishing PPO UL94V1
Heatsink Aluminium black anodized
Base Electroplated steel

Thermal specifications
Single- and dual-phase✶ Three-phase
15 A 30 A 50 A 10 A 20 A
Power dissipation
continuous duty 1.2 W/A (per phase) 3 W/A
intermittant duty 1.2 W/A _ duty cycle (per phase) 3 W/A _ duty cycle
Ambient temperature range -5 °C…+40 °C
Cooling method Natural convection
Mounting Vertical (see general mounting instructions)
Storage temperature range -20 °C…+80 °C
Enclosure degree / pollution degree IP 20/3

6-72 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_156.qxd 04/02/2004 21:07 Page 6-73

Bulletin 156
Solid-State Contactors
Specifications, Continued

Wiring Diagram
Terminals 11 and 12 have no connection to the internal circuit.

Applications

P = IL * UL P = 1.73 * IL * UL

Max. heater power [kW] Max. heater power [kW]


230V 400V 575V 230V 400V 575V
15 A 3.5 6 8.7 15 A 6 10.3 15
30 A 6.9 12 17.3 30 A 11.9 20.8 29.9
50 A 11.5 20 28.8 50 A 19.9 34.6 49.7

P = 1.73 * IL * UL P = 1.73 * IL * UL

Max. heater power [kW] Max. heater power [kW]


230V 400V 575V 230V 400V 575V
30 A 6.9 12 17.3 30 A 6.9 12 17.3
50 A 11.5 20 28.8 50 A 11.5 20 28.8

P = 1.73 * IL * UL P = 1.73 * IL * UL

Max. heater power [kW] Max. heater power [kW]


230V 400V 575V 230V 400V 575V
10 A 4 6.9 10 10 A 4 6.9 10
20 A 8 13.8 20 20 A 8 13.8 20

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-73


Bulletin_156.qxd 04/02/2004 21:07 Page 6-74

Bulletin 156
Solid-State Contactors
Specifications, Continued

Duty Cycle Rating


Load factor = On-time/Duty cycle time

If the Bulletin 156


Solid-State Contactor
load factor is not 100%,
it can be selected for a
higher current than the
rated value according to
the tables below.

15 A Single-phase Mounting instructions


Load factor The controller is designed for vertical mounting. If the controller is
Load current On-time max. max. mounted horizontally the load current must be reduced by 50%. The
17.5 A 15 min. 85% controller needs no side clearance. Clearance between two vertical
20 A 13 min. 75% mounted controller must be minimum 80 mm (3.15 in.). Clearance
between controller and top and bottom walls must be minimum
22.5 A 11 min. 67%
30 mm (1.2 in.).
25 A 9 min. 60%
27.5 A 7 min. 55% Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for
30 A 5 min. 50% manufacturing purposes.

15 A @ 600V Single-phase
Load factor
Load current On-time max. max.
17.5 A 15 min. 85%
20 A 13 min. 75%

30 A Single and Dual-phase


Load factor
Load current On-time max. max.
35 A 15 min 85%
40 A 13 min 75%
45 A 11.5 min 67%
50 A 10 min 60%

10 A Three-phase
Load factor
Load current On-time max. max.
12.5 A 15 min 85%
15 A 13 min 75%
17.5 A 11.5 min 67%
20 A 10 min 60%

6-74 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_156.qxd 04/02/2004 21:07 Page 6-75

Bulletin 156
Solid-State Contactors
Approximate Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-75


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-76

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Product Overview

280/281 ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller Table of Contents


y On Machine Starting Solution
Specifications . . . . . . . 6-79
y Full-Voltage and Reversing
y Horsepower Range 0.5…10 Hp (0.25…7.5 kW) Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-82
y Robust IP67/Nema Type 4 enclosure rating
y Modular Plug and Play Design Standards Compliance
y Quick Disconnect connections for I/O, communications and motor and Certifications
y 4 Inputs and 2 Outputs y cULus (File No. E3125)
y LED Status Indication y UL 508E
y DeviceNet™ Communications y EN/IEC 60947-4-1
y DeviceLogix™ Component Technology y CE Marked per Low Voltage
y Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) Keypad Configuration Option Directive 73/23/EEC and
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC
Coming in 2004, the Bulletin 284 Variable Frequency AC Drive.
Horsepower range 0.5…5 Hp.

Description Description of Features


The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller is an integrated, pre- Overload Protection
engineered, combination starter for full-voltage and reversing The Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller
applications. The ArmorStart offers a robust IP 67/Nema Type 4 incorporates, as standard, electronic motor overload protection. This
enclosure design, which is suitable for water wash down overload protection is accomplished electronically with an I2t
environments. The modular “plug and play” design offers simplicity algorithm. The ArmorStart’s overload protection is programmable via
in wiring the installation. The quick disconnects for the I/O, the communication network providing the user with flexibility. The
communications, and motor connections reduce the wiring time and overload trip class can be selected for class 10, 15, or 20
eliminate wiring errors. The ArmorStart offers, as standard, 4 inputs protection. Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design
and 2 outputs to be used with sensors and actuators for monitoring of the overload.
the application process. The ArmorStart’s LED status indication and
built-in diagnostics capabilities allows ease of maintenance and LED Status Indication
troubleshooting. The optional Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) keypad allows
for local start/stop control at the ArmorStart Distributed Motor The LED Status Indication provides 4 status LEDs and a Reset
Controller. button. The LEDs provide status indication for the following:
y POWER LED
The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller offers short circuit The LED is illuminated solid green when control power is present
protection per UL508E and IEC 60947. The ArmorStart is rated for y RUN LED
local-disconnect service by incorporating the Bulletin 140 Motor This LED is illuminated solid green when the motor is running
Protector as the local-disconnect, eliminating the need for additional
y NETWORK LED
components.
This bicolor (red/green) LEDs indicates the status of the
communication link
Mode of Operation y FAULT LED
Full-Voltage Start Indicates Controller Fault (trip) condition
This method is used in applications requiring across-the-line y The “Reset Button” as a local trip reset.
starting.
Fault Diagnostics
Fault diagnostics capabilities built in the ArmorStart Distributed
Motor Controller help you pinpoint a problem for easy
troubleshooting and quick re-starting.
y Short Circuit y Input Circuit Short
y Overload y Phase Imbalance
y Phase Loss y DeviceNet Power Loss
y Control Power Loss

Motor Cable
With every Bulletin 280/281 ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller,
a 3-meter unshielded 4-conductor cordset is provided with each
unit as standard.

Network Capabilities
The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller delivers enhanced
control to access parameter settings and provides fault diagnostics,
and remote startstop control. DeviceNet is the communication
protocol, provided with the ArmorStart including DeviceLogix.

6-76 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-77

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Catalog Number Explanation/Product Selection/Options

Cat. No. Explanation


Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all
combinations will produce a valid catalog number.

280 D – F 12Z – 10 C – CR – Options


a b c d e f g h

a c e g
Bulletin Number Enclosure Type Short Circuit Protection (Motor Line/Motor Connections
280 Combination Starter F Type 4 (IP67) Circuit Protector) CR Conduit/Round
Reversing Combination 10 10 A Rated Device
281
Starter d 25 25 A Rated Device h
Contactor Size/Control Voltage Options
b 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC f Hand-Off-Auto Selector
3
Protocol 12Z 12D 12B Overload Selection Current Range Keypad
D DeviceNet™ 23Z 23D 23B B 0.5…2.5 A Hand-Off-Auto Selector
C 1.1…5.5 A 3FR Keypad with
Forward/Reverse
D 3.2…16 A

Product Selection
Full-voltage Starters, Up to 480V AC
kW Hp Cat. No.
Current 230V AC 400V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC
Rating (A) 50Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz Control Voltage Control Voltage Control Voltage
0.5…2.5 0.37 0.75 0.5 0.5 1 280D-F12Z-10B-CR 280D-F12D-10B-CR 280D-F12B-10B-CR
1.1…5.5 1.1 2.2 1 1 3 280D-F12Z-10C-CR 280D-F12D-10C-CR 280D-F12B-10C-CR
3.2…16 4 7.5 3 5 10 280D-F23Z-25D-CR 280D-F23D-25D-CR 280D-F23B-25D-CR

Reversing Starters, Up to 480V AC


kW Hp Cat. No.
Current 230V AC 400V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC
Rating (A) 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Control Voltage Control Voltage Control Voltage
0.5…2.5 0.37 0.75 0.5 0.5 1 281D-F12Z-10B-CR 281D-F12D-10B-CR 281D-F12B-10B-CR
1.1…5.5 1.1 2.2 1 1 3 281D-F12Z-10C-CR 281D-F12D-10C-CR 281D-F12B-10C-CR
3.2…16 4 7.5 3 5 10 281D-F23Z-25D-CR 281D-F23D-25D-CR 281D-F23B-25D-CR

Options – Factory Installed


Description Cat. No. Modification

Hand –Off-Auto Selector Keypad -3

Hand –Off-Auto Selector Keypad


-3FR
with Forward/Reverse Function

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-77


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-78

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

DeviceNet Media✶
Description Length m (ft) Cat. No.
Sealed
1 m (3.3) 1485P-P1E4-B1-N5
2 m (6.5) 1485P-P1E4-B2-N5
3 m (9.8) 1485P-P1E4-B3-N5
KwikLink pigtail drops are Insulation Displacement
Connector (IDC) with integral Class 1 round cables for
interfacing devices or power supplies to flat cable
6 m (19.8) 1485P-P1E4-B6-N5

Left Keyway 1485P-P1N5-MN5L1

DeviceNet Mini- T-Port Tap


Right Keyway 1485P-P1N5-MN5R1

Length m (ft) Male/Female Patchcord


1 m (3.3) 1485R-P1N5-M5
2 m (6.5) 1485R-P2N5-M5
3 m (9.8) 1485R-P3N5-M5
4 m (13.1) 1485R-P4N5-M5
DeviceNet Mini Male to Female Patchcord 5 m (16.4) 1485R-P5N5-M5

6 m (19.8) 1485R-P6N5-M5

Sensor Media†
Description Length m (ft) Cat. No.
Sealed
DC Micro Patchcord
Use with DC input module 1 (3.3) 889D-F4ACDM-1
1 m (3.28 ft.)
DC Micro Patchcord
Use with DC input module 2 m (6.5) 889D-F4ACDM-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)
DC Micro Patchcord
Use with DC input module 5 m (16.4) 889D-F4ACDM-5
5 m (16.4 ft.)
DC Micro Y-cable 0.3 (1) 879D-F4ACDM-0M3
Use with DC input module
0.3 m (1 ft.) 1 (3.3) 879D-F4ACDM-1

DC Micro Y-cable
Use with DC input module 2 m (6.5) 879D-F4ACDM-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)

1 m (3.3 ft) 889R-F3AERM-1


2 m (6.5 ft) 889R-F3AERM-2
3 m (9.8 ft) 889R-F3AERM-3
AC Micro Patchcord
AC Micro Male to AC Micro Female
5 m (16.4 ft) 889R-F3AERM-5

✶ See publication 1485-CG001A-EN-P for complete cable selection information.


† See publication C114-CA001A-EN-P for complete cable selection information.

Sealing Caps✶
Description For Use With Cat. No.
Plastic Sealing Cap (M12) Input I/O Connection 1485A-M12
Aluminum Sealing Cap Output I/O Connection 889A-RMCAP
✶ To achieve ID 67 rating, sealing caps must be installed on all unused I/O connections.

6-78 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-79

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Electrical Ratings UL/Nema IEC


Power Circuit Rated Operation Voltage 200V…480Y/277V 200…500V
Rate Insulation Voltage 600V 600 V
Rated Impulsed Voltage 6 kV 6 kV
Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V AC
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category N/A AC-3
Protection Against Shock N/A IP2X
2.5 A
Rated Operating Current Max. 5.5 A
16 A
Short Circuit Protection 0.5…2.5 A range 65 kA@480Y/277V 0.5…2.5 A range 65 kA
SCPD performance Type 2 1.1…5.5 A range 65 kA@480Y/277V 1.1…5.5 A range 65 kA
3.2…16 A range 25 kA@480Y/277V 3.2…16 A range 25 kA
SCPD List Size per NEC Group Motor —
Control Circuit 24V DC A2 (should be grounded at voltage source)
Rated Operation Voltage 120V AC A2 (should be grounded at voltage source)
240V AC A2 (should be grounded at voltage source)
Rate Insulation Voltage 250V 250V
Rated Impulsed Voltage — 4 kV
Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC
Overvoltage Category — III
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz

Power Requirements
Units W/O HOA W/ HOA
Control Voltage Volts 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC
Power supply (Nom) Amps 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.250 0.120 0.060
Total Control (Pick Up) VA (W) (72.0 W) 70 70 (78.0 W) 84 84
Total Control (Hold In) VA (W) (7.9 W) 9 9 (13.9 W) 23 23
External Devices powered by Control Voltage
Outputs (2) (1A max. each) Amps 2 2 2 2 2 2
Total Control (Pick Up) with max
VA (W) (120.0 W) 310 550 (132.0 W) 339 579
outputs
Total Control (Hold In) with max
VA (W) (55.9 W) 249 489 (67.9 W) 278 518
outputs

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-79


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-80

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Specifications, Continued

Electrical Ratings UL/Nema IEC


Environmental Operating Temperature Range 0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
Storage and Transportation
–25….85 °C (–13…185 °F)
temperature range
Altitude 2000 m
Humidity 5…95% (non-condensing)
Pollution Degree 3
Mechanical Resistance to Shock
Operational 15 G
Non-Operational 30 G
Resistance to Vibration
Operational 1 G, 0.15 mm (0.006 in) displacement
Non-Operational 2.5 G, 0.38 mm (0.015 in) displacement
Control Power Terminal Cable Size #22 AWG…#10 AWG 0.5 mm2…6 mm2
Tightening Torque 5.6…6.8 lb-in 0.7 N·m
Line Power Terminal cable size #22 AWG…#10 AWG 0.5 mm2…6 mm2
Tightening Torque 5.6…6.8 lb-in 0.7 N·m
Ground Terminal cable size #22 AWG…#10 AWG 0.5 mm2…6 mm2
Tightening Torque 5.6…6.8 lb-in 0.7 N·m
Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4/12 IP67
Other Rating EMC Emission levels
Conducted Radio Frequency
Class A
Emissions
Radiated Emissions Class A
EMC immunity levels
Electrostatic Discharge 4 kV contact and 8 kV Air
Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field 10 V/m
Fast Transient 2 kV
Surge Transient 1 kV (12) L-L, 2 kV (2) L-N (Earth)
Overload Characteristics
0.5…2.5 A
Overload Current Range 1.1…5.5 A
3.2…16 A
Trip Classes 10, 15, 20
Trip Rating 120% of FLC setting
Number of poles 3
DeviceNet Specifications
DeviceNet Supply Voltage Rating Range 11…25V DC, 24V DC Nominal
167mA @ 24V DC
DeviceNet Input Current
364 mA @ 11V DC
External Devices powered by
Sensors Inputs 4 * 50mA - total 200mA
DeviceNet
367mA @ 24V DC
Total w/max Sensor Inputs (4)
564mA @ 11V DC
DeviceNet Input Current Surge 15 A for 250 µs
DeviceNet Communications
Baud Rates 125, 250, 500 kbps
500 m (1630 ft) @ 125 kbps
Distance Maximum 200 m (656 ft) @ 250 kbps
100 m (328 ft) @ 500 kbps
cULus (File No. 3125)
UL 508E
Approvals EN/IEC 60947-4-1
CE Marked per Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and EMC Directive
89/336/EEC

6-80 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-81

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Specifications, Continued

External Connections for Input Connector Overload Curves

External Connections for Output Connector

External Connections for DeviceNet Connector

External Connections for Motor Connector

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-81


Bulletin_280_281.qxd 05/02/2004 09:16 Page 6-82

Bulletin 280/281
ArmorStart™ Distributed Motor Controller
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. All dimensions are subject to
change.

Alternate Mounting Dimensions

6-82 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_190D.qxd 04/02/2004 21:30 Page 6-83

Bulletin 190D/191D
Distributed Starters

Bulletin 190D/191D Distributed Starters Table of Contents


y Integrates Starters, I/O, and DeviceNet™ Network
Product Selection . . . 6-86
y Short-Circuit Protection per UL508 Type F and IEC 60947-4-1
y Suitable as Motor Disconnect per UL508 Modifications . . . . . . . 6-88
y IP66 and NEMA Type 3/4/12 Sheet Steel Enclosure Accessories . . . . . . . . . 6-89
y Flexible I/O Configuration Wiring Diagrams . . . . 6-91
y Diagnostic Information Approximate
y DeviceLogix™ Component Technology Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 6-92
Standards Compliance
IEC 60947-1/2/4/5
UL 508, 508E
CSA 22.2 No. 14
EN50081-2, EN50082-2
Approvals
cULus Listed
CE (Bulletins 190D and 191D
only)

The Distributed Starter is an integrated, pre-engineered, enclosed combination motor starter and I/O on DeviceNet. Distributed Architecture
and, specifically, distributed starters, create wire and installation savings by allowing power and control wiring to be daisy chained.
Additionally, distributed starters reduce control and information wiring from sensors and actuators by consolidating this wiring at the
enclosure and placing it onto DeviceNet.
The compact combination starters used in distributed starters offer the next generation in fuseless short-circuit protection per UL 508 Type F
and IEC 60947.
These starters are rated for local disconnect service — eliminating the need for an additional component. Additionally, the starter is prewired,
allowing a simple cable connection to the I/O module.
Bulletin 190D/191D distributed starters are offered in two versions. The first is for applications that require few external connections, such as
sensors and actuators. It uses the DSA™ I/O (Bulletin 100-DNY) for network connections. The second uses the Modular DSA™ I/O (Bulletin
198) that mounts directly on a gland plate, eliminating terminal blocks and making xternal sensor inputs and actuator outputs available on
the outside of the enclosure as standard M12 connectors. Modular DSA I/O also provides unparalleled simplicity in expandability — a
knockout on a gland plate and adding an I/O module. Both I/O products are designed specifically for motor starters by having high current
switching outputs and input filters.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-83


Bulletin_190D.qxd 04/02/2004 21:30 Page 6-84

Bulletin 190D/191D
Distributed Starters
Catalog Number Explanation

Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all
combinations will produce a valid catalog number. Refer to the tables on the following pages for descriptions of options.

Example Catalog Order Number


The catalog number listed is for a non-reversing distributed starter in a NEMA Type 3/4/12 enclosure with DeviceNet protocol, DeviceNet
control power, an overload adjustment range of 0.1…0.16A, Bulletin 140 Type F, FS D high-performance short-circuit protection, 1 MDSA
sensor input module, and a HANDOFF- AUTO or FOR-OFF-REV selector switch (Bulletin 191D only).

190 D – AFNCA1 – S1 – 3
a b c d e

a d
Bulletin No. Options✶
Code Description MDSA I/O Modules (Max. 6) DSA Option (Max. 1)
190 Combination Starter Code Description Code Description
191 Reversing Combination Starter 4 In 24V DC /
DC sensor input
S† SA3 2 Out Relay 240V AC or 30V DC
b (Cat. No. 198-IB2S)
(Cat. No. 100-DNY42R)
Protocol 4 In 24V DC /
Relay valve module
Code Description O† SA4 2 Out Solid-State 24V DC
(Cat. No. 198-OW2-G4)
(Cat. No. 100-DNY42S)
D DeviceNet
4 In 120V AC/
DC valve module
c P†
(Cat. No. 198-OW2S-Q5)
SA6 2 Out Relay 240V AC or 30V DC
(Cat. No. 100-DNY41R)
Size/Enclosure/Control Power/Short
Circuit/Overload Range AC sensor relay output
T†
(Cat. No. 198-IA2-G4)
see Table 1, page 6-85
AC 9000 series sensor input
U†
(Cat. No. 198-IA1-G4-9000)
✶ Choose either the DSA option or the MDSA I/O option.
† Represents the quantity of modules desired. Insert a number from 1…6.
e
Factory Modifications and Pilot Devices
Code Description
3✶† HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch
HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch with
3M✶† monitoring (“open” on HAND or OFF
positions)
Key lock selector switch
3K✶†
(HAND-OFF-AUTO)
4R‡ Red pilot light “Power On”
4B‡ Blue pilot light “Power On”
Liquid-tight fitting plugs —
PL
fittings removed
RR Red/Yellow rotary handle
PDC Input for auxiliary DC control power
✶ Choose only one selector switch.
† When ordering a Bulletin 191 starter, selecting this option includes both the switch specified in the
table and a FOR-REV-OFF selector switch.
‡ Choose only one pilot light.

6-84 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_190D.qxd 04/02/2004 21:30 Page 6-85

Bulletin 190D/191D
Distributed Starters
Catalog Number Explanation, Continued

Table 1

190 D – AFNCA1 – SA3 – 3


a

a
Overload Starter Rating
Enclosure Short-Circuit Protection
Adjustment Control Power Code
200/230V 230/400V 460/500V 575 Type (Bul. 140, Type F)
Range
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCA1
3/4/12 (IP66)
0.1…0.16 A — 0.09 kW 0.06 kW — 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCA1
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCA2
3/4/12 (IP66)
0.16…0.25 A — 0.09 kW 0.09 kW — 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCA2
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCA4
3/4/12 (IP66)
0.25…0.4 A — 0.12 kW 0.12 kW — 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCA4
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCA6
3/4/12 (IP66)
0.4…0.63 A 0.09 kW 0.18 kW 0.25 kW — 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCA6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCB0
3/4/12 (IP66)
0.63…1.0 A 0.12 kW 0.25 kW 0.5 Hp/0.37 kW 0.75 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCB0
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCB1
3/4/12 (IP66)
1.0…1.6 A 0.25 kW 0.75 kW 1 Hp/0.75 kW 1 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCB1
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFNCB2
3/4/12 (IP66)
1.6…2.5 A 0.5 Hp/0.37 kW 2 Hp0.75 kW 1.5 Hp/0.11 kW 2 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (≤ 25 A, Std. Performance) AFDCB2
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) AFNDB4
3/4/12 (IP66)
2.5…4.0 A 1 Hp/0.75 kW 2 Hp/1.5 kW 3 Hp/2.2 kW 3 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS D (≤25 A, High Performance) AFDDB4
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) AFNDB6
3/4/12 (IP66)
4.0…6.3 A 1.5 Hp/1.5 kW 2 Hp/3 kW 3 Hp/3 kW 5 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) AFDDB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) BFNDC0
3/4/12 (IP66)
6.3…10 A 2 Hp/2.2 kW 3 Hp/4 kW 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) BFDDC0
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) CFNDC1
3/4/12 (IP66)
10…16 A 3 Hp/4.0 kW 5 Hp/7.5 kW 10 Hp 10 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) CFDDC1
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) DFNDC2
3/4/12 (IP66)
16…20 A 5 Hp/5.5 kW 7.5 Hp/11kW 15 Hp 15 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) DFDDC2
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) DFNDC3
3/4/12 (IP66)
20…25 A — 7.5 Hp/11 kW 15 Hp 15 Hp 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS D (≤ 25 A, High Performance) DFDDC3
120V, 60 Hz

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-85


Bulletin_190D.qxd 04/02/2004 21:30 Page 6-86

Bulletin 190D/191D
Distributed Starters
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Direct-On-Line Compact Starters with Modular DSA I/O


y For use in applications that require modular I/O
y Bulletin 140M self-protected combination motor controller for short-circuit protection and
as a disconnecting means
y IP66 and NEMA Type 3/4/12 enclosure, gland plate, and cable cord grips
y Modular DSA I/O prewired to starter and includes:
− DeviceNet host with M12 “Micro” Connection (Cat. No. 198-DNG)
− Starter module (Cat. NO. 198-IB2XOW1) for monitoring short-circuit/overload and
contactor status and to control start/stop functions. Reversing Starters use 2 modules
− Sensor module (Cat. No.198-IB2S) supports up to 2 sensors
− Starter control source supplied separately
− DeviceLogix component technology
For a description of available options and factory-installed modifications, please see
page 6-88.
Cat. No. 190D-AFDCA1-S1-3M-PL

Non-Reversing Starters
Typical Ratings for 3-Ø AC Motors (for Reference Only)
kW Hp Cat. No.✶† Cat. No.✶†
Rated Operational Current [A] 230 V 400 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 120V AC 24V DC
0.1...0.16  0.02    190D-AFDCA1-S1 190D-AFNCA1-S1
0.16...0.25  0.04    190D-AFDCA2-S1 190D-AFNCA2-S1
0.25...0.4  0.09    190D-AFDCA4-S1 190D-AFNCA4-S1
0.4...0.63 0.09 0.18    190D-AFDCA6-S1 190D-AFNCA6-S1
0.63...1.0 0.12 0.25  0.5 0.75 190D-AFDCB0-S1 190D-AFNCB0-S1
1.0...1.6 0.25 0.55  1 1 190D-AFDCB1-S1 190D-AFNCB1-S1
1.6...2.5 0.37 0.75 0.5 1.5 2 190D-AFDCB2-S1 190D-AFNCB2-S1
2.5...4.0 0.75 1.5 1 3 3 190D-AFDDB4-S1 190D-AFNDB4-S1
4.0...6.3 1.5 2.5 2 3 5 190D-AFDDB6-S1 190D-AFNDB6-S1
6.3...10 2.2 5.5 3 7.5 10 190D-BFDDC0-S1 190D-BFNDC0-S1
10...16 4.0 7.5 5 10 10 190D-CFDDC1-S1 190D-CFNDC1-S1
14.5...20 5.5 10 7.5 15 15 190D-DFDDC2-S1 190D-DFNDC2-S1
18...25  11 7.5 15 15 190D-DFDDC3-S1 190D-DFNDC3-S1

Reversing Starters
Typical Ratings for 3-Ø AC Motors (for Reference Only)
kW Hp Cat. No.✶† Cat. No.✶†
Rated Operational Current [A] 230 V 400 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 120V AC 24V DC
0.1...0.16  0.02    191D-AFDCA1-S1 191D-AFNCA1-S1
0.16...0.25  0.04    191D-AFDCA2-S1 191D-AFNCA2-S1
0.25...0.4  0.09    191D-AFDCA4-S1 191D-AFNCA4-S1
0.4...0.63 0.09 0.18    191D-AFDCA6-S1 191D-AFNCA6-S1
0.63...1.0 0.12 0.25  0.5 0.75 191D-AFDCB0-S1 191D-AFNCB0-S1
1.0...1.6 0.25 0.55  1 1 191D-AFDCB1-S1 191D-AFNCB1-S1
1.6...2.5 0.37 0.75 0.5 1.5 2 191D-AFDCB2-S1 191D-AFNCB2-S1
2.5...4.0 0.75 1.5 1 3 3 191D-AFDDB4-S1 191D-AFNDB4-S1
4.0...6.3 1.5 2.5 2 3 5 191D-AFDDB6-S1 191D-AFNDB6-S1
6.3...10 2.2 5.5 3 7.5 10 191D-BFDDC0-S1 191D-BFNDC0-S1
10...16 4.0 7.5 5 10 10 191D-CFDDC1-S1 191D-CFNDC1-S1
14.5...20 5.5 10 7.5 15 15 191D-DFDDC2-S1 191D-DFNDC2-S1
18...25  11 7.5 15 15 191D-DFDDC3-S1 191D-DFNDC3-S1
✶ User manual for MDSA (pub. no. 198-UM001B-EN-P) is not included. Please order from www.theautomationbookstore.com.
† Includes 1 sensor module. To order more than one sensor module, change the -S1 suffix to reflect the number desired. For example, to order two sensor
modules, Cat. No. 190D-AFNCA1-S1 becomes 190D-AFNCA1-S2. Eliminate the -S_ suffix to order the starter without sensor modules.

6-86 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_190D.qxd 04/02/2004 21:30 Page 6-87

Bulletin 190D/191D
Distributed Starters
Product Selection, Continued

Direct-On-Line Compact Starters with DSA I/O


y For use in applications that do not require modular I/O
y DeviceLogix component technology
y Bulletin 140M self-protected combination motor controller for short-circuit protection and
as a disconnecting means
y IP66 and NEMA Type 3/4/12 enclosure with cable cord grips
y DeviceNet and external I/O M12 connectors on enclosure
y DSA I/O prewired to starter
y Inputs powered from DeviceNet
y DSA I/O (Cat. No. 100-DNY42R) for monitoring short-circuit/overload and contactor status
and to control start/stop functions
y Support for 2 external inputs and 1 output with direct-on-line starters (1 input and 0
outputs with reversing starters)
y Starter control source supplied separately
For a description of available options and factory-installed modifications, please see Cat. No. 190D-AFDCA1-SA3-3M-PL
pages 6-82…6-84.

Non-Reversing Starters
Typical Ratings for 3-Ø AC Motors (for Reference Only)
kW Hp Cat. No.✶‡ Cat. No.✶‡
Rated Operational Current [A] 230 V 400 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 120V AC 24V DC
0.1...0.16  0.02    190D-AFDCA1-SA3 190D-AFNCA1-SA3
0.16...0.25  0.04    190D-AFDCA2-SA3 190D-AFNCA2-SA3
0.25...0.4  0.09    190D-AFDCA4-SA3 190D-AFNCA4-SA3
0.4...0.63 0.09 0.18    190D-AFDCA6-SA3 190D-AFNCA6-SA3
0.63...1.0 0.12 0.25  0.5 0.75 190D-AFDCB0-SA3 190D-AFNCB0-SA3
1.0...1.6 0.25 0.55  1 1 190D-AFDCB1-SA3 190D-AFNCB1-SA3
1.6...2.5 0.37 0.75 0.5 1.5 2 190D-AFDCB2-SA3 190D-AFNCB2-SA3
2.5...4.0 0.75 1.5 1 3 3 190D-AFDDB4-SA3 190D-AFNDB4-SA3
4.0...6.3 1.5 2.5 2 3 5 190D-AFDDB6-SA3 190D-AFNDB6-SA3
6.3...10 2.2 5.5 3 7.5 10 190D-BFDDC0-SA3 190D-BFNDC0-SA3
10...16 4.0 7.5 5 10 10 190D-CFDDC1-SA3 190D-CFNDC1-SA3
14.5...20 5.5 10 7.5 15 15 190D-DFDDC2-SA3 190D-DFNDC2-SA3
18...25  11 7.5 15 15 190D-DFDDC3-SA3 190D-DFNDC3-SA3

Reversing Starters
Typical Ratings for 3-Ø AC Motors (for Reference Only)
kW Hp Cat. No.✶†‡ Cat. No.✶†‡
Rated Operational Current [A] 230 V 400 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 120V AC 24V DC
0.1...0.16  0.02    191D-AFDCA1-SA3 191D-AFNCA1-SA3
0.16...0.25  0.04    191D-AFDCA2-SA3 191D-AFNCA2-SA3
0.25...0.4  0.09    191D-AFDCA4-SA3 191D-AFNCA4-SA3
0.4...0.63 0.09 0.18    191D-AFDCA6-SA3 191D-AFNCA6-SA3
0.63...1.0 0.12 0.25  0.5 0.75 191D-AFDCB0-SA3 191D-AFNCB0-SA3
1.0...1.6 0.25 0.55  1 1 191D-AFDCB1-SA3 191D-AFNCB1-SA3
1.6...2.5 0.37 0.75 0.5 1.5 2 191D-AFDCB2-SA3 191D-AFNCB2-SA3
2.5...4.0 0.75 1.5 1 3 3 191D-AFDDB4-SA3 191D-AFNDB4-SA3
4.0...6.3 1.5 2.5 2 3 5 191D-AFDDB6-SA3 191D-AFNDB6-SA3
6.3...10 2.2 5.5 3 7.5 10 191D-BFDDC0-SA3 191D-BFNDC0-SA3
10...16 4.0 7.5 5 10 10 191D-CFDDC1-SA3 191D-CFNDC1-SA3
14.5...20 5.5 10 7.5 15 15 191D-DFDDC2-SA3 191D-DFNDC2-SA3
18...25  11 7.5 15 15 191D-DFDDC3-SA3 191D-DFNDC3-SA3
✶ User manual for DSA (pub. no. 100-UM005A-EN-P) is not included. Please order from ww.theautomationbookstore.com.
† For 120V AC inputs on the DSA module, change -SA3 to -SA6. For example, Cat. No. 190D-AFNCA1-SA3 becomes 190D-AFNCA1-SA6.
‡ For a 24V DC solid-state output, change -SA3 to -SA4. For example, Cat. No. 190D-AFNCA1-SA3 becomes 190D-AFNCA1-SA4.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-87


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:40 Page 6-88

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Factory-Installed Modifications

Distributed Starters with Modular DSA I/O — Apply to Bulletins 190D/191D/160D


Description Cat. No. Modification
Additional I/O Modules✶
Relay output module (Cat. No.198-OW2-G4)
-O_†
y 2 outputs (120V AC/ 24V DC)
y 4-pin dual-key micro connection
DeviceNet-sourced relay output module (Cat. No.198-OW2S-Q5)
y 2 outputs (24V DC) -P_†
y 5-pin, single-key micro connector
DC sensor module (Cat. No.198-IB2S)
y 2 inputs (24V DC -S_†
y 5-pin, single-key micro connector
AC sensor module (Cat. No.198-IA2-G4)
y 2 inputs (120V AC -T_†
y 4-pin, dual-key micro connector

9000 series sensor module


-U_†
y 4-pin, dual-key micro connector (Cat. No. 198-IA1-G4-9000)

Distributed Starters with Bulletin 160 Smart Speed Controller


Description Cat. No. Modification
DeviceNet Interface
y Allows control and monitoring of parameters via a DeviceNet
network -DN2
y Removes Preset speed module (Cat. No. 198-IB2XOB5S)
y Creates a distributed starter with two DeviceNet nodes
Signal Follower Interface (Cat. No. 198-IB2XOB2S-Q5)
y 5-pin interface on gland plate
-SF
y Not compatible with -DN2 option
y Removes Preset speed module (Cat. No. 198-IB2XOB5S)
Isolation Contactor
y Removes isolation contactor -IC
y Eliminates control power E-stop method
Brake Contactor
-BCB
y 480V AC
Brake Contactor
-BCD
y 120V AC
✶ Available for Distributed Starters with a gland plate only. Total of 6 I/O modules allowed, including factory-installed starter and sensor modules.
† The second place refers to the quantity of modules desired. For example, to order 2 external output modules, change -O_ to -O2. Maximum 6 modules per
starter (including factory installed starter and sensor module).

All Distributed Starters


Description Cat. No. Modification
Auxiliary DC Control Power
y M12 Micro Male Connector on enclosure
y Must select 24V DC control power
y 4-pin connector
-PDC
y Pin1: Not used
y Pin 2: V+
y Pin 3: Return
y Pin 4: Not used
Rotary Handle
-RR
y To change color to red/yellow instead of black/gray (standard)
Cover Control
y Indicates power “ON” -4R
y Red pilot light -4B
y Blue pilot light
Selector Switch
y Hand/Off/Auto for DOL starters
-3
“Hand” position is spring return
“For” and “Rev” are on second selector switch
Selector Switch
y Hand/Off/Auto for DOL starters — monitored
-3M✶
“Hand” position is spring return
“For” and “Rev” are on second selector switch — unmonitored
Keyed Selector Switch
-3K
y Key on Hand/Off/Auto
Liquid-tight flexible conduit connections
y Removes the 1 in. connector on line-side and the 3/4 in. connector -PL
on motor-side liquid-tight fittings
✶ When adding this option to a distributed starter with DSA I/O, the number of external inputs is reduced by one.

6-88 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:40 Page 6-89

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Accessories

DeviceNet Media✶
Description Cat. No.

KwikLink Insulation Displacement Connectors


Quick connection of distributed starter to DeviceNet network 1485R-P1E4-R5✶
Micro M12 Connector

KwikLink right angle Micro Male to straight Mini Female


1485K-P1F5-R5
1 m (3.28 ft.)
KwikLink right angle Micro Male to straight Mini Female
1485K-P2F5-R5
2 m (6.56 ft.)

KwikLink right angle Micro Male to straight Mini Female


1485K-P3F5-R5
3 m (9.84 ft.)

DeviceNet Mini T-Port Tap


1485P-P1N5-MN5R1†
Right Keyway

DeviceNet Mini T-Port Tap


1485P-P1N5-MN5L1†
Left Keyway

DeviceNet Mini Male to Micro Female


1485R-P1M5-R5
1 m (3.28 ft.)
DeviceNet Mini Male to Micro Female
1485R-P2M5-R5
2 m (6.56 ft.)

DeviceNet Mini Male to Micro Female


1485R-P3M5-R5
3 m (9.84 ft.)

✶ For use with distributed starters. See publication 1485-CG001A-EN-P for complete cable selection information..
† Must be ordered with connecting cable.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-89


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:40 Page 6-90

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Accessories, Continued

Sensor Media✶
Description Cat. No.
DC Micro Patchcord
Use with DC input module 889D-F4ACDM-1
1 m (3.28 ft.)
DC Micro Patchcord
Use with DC input module 889D-F4ACDM-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)
DC Micro Patchcord
Use with DC input module 889D-F4ACDM-5
5 m (16.4 ft.)
DC Micro Y-cable
Use with DC input module 879D-F4ACDM-0M3
0.3 m (1 ft.)
DC Micro Y-cable
Use with DC input module 879D-F4ACDM-1
1 m (3.28 ft.)
DC Micro Y-cable
Use with DC input module 879D-F4ACDM-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)
DC Micro male cordset
Use with DC input module 889D-M5AC-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)
DC Micro male cordset
Use with DC input module 889D-M5AC-5
5 m (16.4 ft.)
DC Micro male cordset
Use with DC input module 889D-M5AC-10
10 m (32.8 ft.)
AC Micro male cordset
Use with 3-pin AC module 889R-M3AEA-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)
AC Micro male cordset
Use with 3-pin AC module 889R-M3AEA-5
5 m (16.4 ft.)
AC Micro male cordset
Use with 3-pin AC module 889R-M3AEA-10
10 m (32.8 ft.)
AC Micro male cordset
Use with 4-pin AC module 889R-M4AEA-2
2 m (6.56 ft.)
AC Micro male cordset
Use with 4-pin AC module 889R-M4AEA-5
5 m (16.4 ft.)
AC Micro male cordset
Use with 4-pin AC module 889R-M4AEA-10
10 m (32.8 ft.)
Terminal Chamber for AC Micro
Use with 3-pin AC module 871A-TS3-RM1
Straight male
Terminal Chamber for AC Micro
Use with 3-pin AC module 871A-TS3-R1
Straight female
Terminal Chamber for AC Micro
Use with 3-pin AC module 871A-TR3-RM1
Right angle male
Terminal Chamber for AC Micro
Use with 3-pin AC module 871A-TR3-R1
Right angle female
DC Micro tee
898D-53PY-D5
Use only with DC input modules

AC Micro tee
898R-33PYX-R3
Use only with AC input modules

✶ For use with Modular DSA I/O modules. Unless otherwise specified, cables are 4-pin, 1 keyway, #22 AWG conductor cable molded with oil-resistant PVC. See
publication C114-CA001A-EN-P for complete cable selection information.

6-90 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:40 Page 6-91

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Wiring Diagrams

DOL with DSA I/O (Cat. No. 191D-XXDXXX-SA6)

DOL with MDSA I/O (Cat. No. 190D-XXDXXX)

Speed Control with MDSA I/O (Cat. No. 160D-XXDXXX-3)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-91


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:40 Page 6-92

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Approximate Dimensions

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 190D/191D

Bulletin 160D

6-92 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:41 Page 6-93

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Specifications

The following is a summary of the specifications for the Bulletin 190D Distributed Starter. See publications 140M-SG001B-EN-P and 100C-
1.0.1 for more a complete listing of specifications.

Thermal Overload Protection


y The adjustable inverse bimetal trip reliability protects motors against overloads. The curve shows the mean operating current at an ambient
temperature of 20 °C starting from cold.
y Differential release for phase loss protection
y Trip class I/O protection

Bulletin 140M Motor Protector

Short-Circuit Protection for Type 2 Coordination (according to IEC 60947-4-1)


y The instantaneous magnetic trip has a fixed operating current setting.
y This corresponds to 13 times the highest setting of the thermal overload trip.
y The starter must not endanger persons or systems in the event of a short-circuit.
y The starter must be suitable for further use.
y No damage to the overload relay or other parts may occur with the exception of welding of the starter contacts provided that these can be
easily separated without significant deformation (such as with a screwdriver).
Short-Circuit Rating [kA]
,e [A] Cat No. 400/415V 440/460V 690V
0.16…1.6 19*D-AF*C* 50 65 42
2.5 19*D-AF*C* 50 65 5
4 19*D-AF*D* 50 65 ✶
6.3 19*D-AF*D* 50 65 ✶
10 19*D-BF*D* 50 65 ✶
16 19*D-CF*D* 50 65 ✶
20 19*D-DF*D* 50 65 ✶
25 19*D-DF*D* 50 25 ✶
32 19*D-FF*F* 50 50 10
45 19*D-GF*F* 50 50 10
* Denotes wildcard.
✶ Offers Type 1 Protection

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-93


Bulletin_190D_191D_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:41 Page 6-94

Bulletin 190D/191D/160D
Distributed Starters
Specifications, Continued

Terminal Parts
< 25 A

Line (Bulletin 140M motor protector) Side


(1 or 2 Conductor) Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3

w/ wire-end ferrule [mm2]/[AWG] 1…4/No. 16…12

solid/stranded conductor [mm2]/[AWG] 1…6/No. 16…8

Tightening Torque [Nm]/[lb-in] 1…2.5/8.9…22

< 25 A

Load (Bulletin 100 contactor) Side Wire Size


(1 or 2 Conductor) Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3
flexible with wire-end ferrule [mm2]/[AWG] 1…4/No. 16…10
solid/stranded conductor [mm2]/[AWG] 1.5…6/No. 16…10
Tightening Torque
[Nm]/[lb-in] 1…2.5/8.9…22
(min...max)

< 25 A

Auxiliary Power Connection Wire Size (1 or 2 Conductor) Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3
flexible with wire-end ferrule [mm2]/[AWG] 0.5…2.5/No. 18…14
solid/stranded conductor [mm2]/[AWG] 0.75…2.5/No. 18…14
Tightening Torque
[Nm]/[lb-in] 1.5/13.3
(min...max)

6-94 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:52 Page 6-95

Bulletin 160D
Distributed Starters
Catalog Number Explanation

Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all
combinations will produce a valid catalog number. Refer to the tables on the following pages for descriptions of options.

Example Catalog Order Number


The catalog number listed is for an enclosed drive distributed starter in a Type 3/4/12 enclosure with DeviceNet protocol, DeviceNet control
power, an overload adjustment range of 4…6.3 A, Bulletin 140 Type F, FS D high-performance short-circuit protection, 1 MDSA sensor input
module, and a HAND-OFF-AUTO and FOR-OFF-REV selector switch.

160 D – AFNRB6 – S3 – 3
a b c d e

a d e
Bulletin No. Options✶ Factory Modifications and Pilot Devices
Code Description MDSA I/O Modules (Max. 6) Code Description
160 Enclosed Bulletin 160 Drive Code Description 3† HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch
DC sensor input HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch with
S✶
(Cat. No. 198-IB2S) 3M† monitoring (“open” on HAND or OFF
b Relay valve module positions)
Protocol O✶
(Cat. No. 198-OW2-G4 Key lock selector switch
3K†
Code Description DC valve module (HAND-OFF-AUTO)
P✶
D DeviceNet (Cat. No. 198-OW2S-Q5) 4R‡ Red pilot light “Power On”
AC sensor relay output 4B‡ Blue pilot light “Power On”
T✶
(Cat. No. 198-IA2-G4) BCB§ Brake contactor, 480V AC
c AC 9000 series sensor input
U✶ BCD§ Brake contactor, 120V AC
Size/Enclosure/Control Power/Short (Cat. No. 198-IA1-G4-9000)
Circuit/Overload Range Liquid-tight fitting plugs —
✶ Represents the quantity of modules desired. PL
fittings removed
see Table 1, page 6-96 Insert a number from 1…6. RR Red/Yellow rotary handle
DN2♣ DeviceNet interface module
Removes Bulletin 100-M
IC
isolation contactor
PDC Input for auxiliary DC control power
Signal follower interface module
SF
(Cat. No. 198-IB2XOB2-Q5)
✶ You must select one of the following selector
switches -3, -3M, or -3K
† Choose only one selector switch.
‡ Choose only one pilot light.
§ Choose only one brake contactor.
♣ This option removes the standard drive starter
module.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-95


Bulletin_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:52 Page 6-96

Bulletin 160D
Distributed Starters
Catalog Number Explanation, Continued

Table 1
160 D – AFNRB6 – S3 – 3
Overload Starter Rating
Enclosure Short-Circuit Protection
Motor Voltage Adjustment Control Power Code
230/460V Type (Bul. 140, Type F)
Range
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) HFNRB6
3/4/12 (IP66)
2.3 A 0.5 Hp (0.37 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) HFDRB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) JFNRB6
3/4/12 (IP66)
3.0 A 0.75 Hp (0.55 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) JFDRB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) KFNRB6
200…240V, 3/4/12 (IP66)
4.5 A 1 Hp (0.75 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
50/60 Hz Metal FS C (Standard Performance) KFDRB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) LFNRC1
3/4/12 (IP66)
8.0 A 2 Hp (1.5 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) LFDRC1
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) MFNRC1
3/4/12 (IP66)
12.0 A 3 Hp (2.2 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
0.1/200% of Metal FS C (Standard Performance) MFDRC1
120V, 60 Hz
drive
rating✶ DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) AFNRB6
3/4/12 (IP66)
1.2 A 0.5 Hp (0.37 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) AFDRB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) BFNRB6
3/4/12 (IP66)
1.7 A 0.75 Hp (0.55 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) BFDRB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) CFNRB6
380…460V, 3/4/12 (IP66)
2.3 A 1 Hp (0.75 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
50/60 Hz Metal FS C (Standard Performance) CFDRB6
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) DFNRC1
3/4/12 (IP66)
4.0 A 2 Hp (1.5 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) DFDRC1
120V, 60 Hz
DeviceNet 24V DC FS C (Standard Performance) EFNRC1
3/4/12 (IP66)
6.0 A 3 Hp (2.2 kW) 110V, 50 Hz/
Metal FS C (Standard Performance) EFDRC1
120V, 60 Hz
✶ Overload adjustment range is dependent on the drive rating. Example: Cat. No. 160-BA03PPS1 overload is adjustable from 0.3…6 A.

6-96 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_160D.qxd 04/02/2004 20:52 Page 6-97

Bulletin 160D
Distributed Starters
Product Selection

Bulletin 160D Smart Speed Controller with Modular DSA I/O


y For use in applications with requirements for motor speed control
y Bulletin 160 Smart Speed Controller (with preset speed)
y Bulletin 140M self-protected combination motor controller for short-circuit disconnecting
means
y Isolation contactor standard for E-stop
y Hand-Off-Auto and Forward-Reverse selector switches are both unmonitored
y IP66 and Type 3/4/12 enclosure, gland plate, and cable cord grip
y Modular DSA I/O prewired to Bulletin 160 and 140M devices
− DeviceNet host with M12 “micro” connector
− Drive Module (Cat. No. 198-IB2XOBS) selects preset speeds, controls start/stop
functions, and monitors disconnect and drive status
− Sensor module (Cat. No. 198-IB2S) supports up to 2 sensors
− Drive DeviceNet interface option
− Starter control source supplied separately Cat. No. 160D-AFDRB6-S1-3
− DeviceLogix component technology

For a description of available options and factory-installed modifications, please see page 6-88.
3-Ø AC Motors Cat. No.✶† Cat. No.✶†
Motor Voltage Output Current Rating (A) kW Hp 120V AC 24V DC
2.3 0.37 0.5 160D-HFDRB6-3-S1 160D-HFNRB6-3-S1
3.0 0.55 0.75 160D-JFDRB6-3-S1 160D-JFNRB6-3-S1
200…240V, 50/60 Hz 4.5 0.75 1 160D-KFDRB6-3-S1 160D-KFNRB6-3-S1
8.0 1.5 2 160D-LFDRC1-3-S1 160D-LFNRC1-3-S1
12.0 2.2 3 160D-MFDRC1-3-S1 160D-MFNRC1-3-S1
1.2 0.37 0.5 160D-AFDRB6-3-S1 160D-AFNRB6-3-S1
1.7 0.55 0.75 160D-BFDRB6-3-S1 160D-BFNRB6-3-S1
380…460V, 50/60 Hz 2.3 0.75 1 160D-CFDRB6-3-S1 160D-CFNRB6-3-S1
4.0 1.5 2 160D-DFDRC1-3-S1 160D-DFNRC1-3-S1
6.0 2.2 3 160D-EFDRC1-3-S1 160D-EFNRC1-3-S1
✶ A Hand-Off-Auto selector switch is required for all Bulletin 160D products. A Forward-Reverse-Off, unmonitored selector switch is standard.
† Includes 1 sensor module. To order more than one sensor module, change the -S1 suffix to reflect the number desired. For example, to order two sensor
modules, Cat. No. 160D-AFNCA1-S1 becomes 160D-AFNCA1-S2. Eliminate the -S_ suffix to order the starter without sensor modules.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-97


Bulletin_100-(DSA).qxd 04/02/2004 21:21 Page 6-98

Bulletin 100 (DSA)


Distributed Starter System
Product Selection/Specifications

Bulletin 100 — DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary™ (DSA) Module Table of Contents


y DeviceLogix™ Component Technology
Product Selection . . . this page
y Rotary Address Switches
y Reduced Engineering, Installation, and Startup Costs Specifications . . . . . . . this page
y 24V DC or 120V AC Inputs Standards Compliance
y High-Capacity Transistor or Relay Outputs IEC 60947
y Diagnostics Over Communication UL 508
y ODVA Compliance v2.0 Tested CSA C22.2 No. 14
y LED Input and Output Status Indication EN50081-2, EN50082-2
The DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary (DSA) module enables a simple integration of contactors and Approvals
sensors into the DeviceNet network. Components with minimum I/O requirements (e.g., four CE
inputs and two outputs) are predominant. The DSA has high-capacity outputs that eliminate
the need for interposing relays. This makes the DSA ideal for use with motor starters, circuit
cULus Listed
breakers, contactors, motor protectors, soft starters, sensors, reed switches, tracer switches
and control protectors.
The DeviceLogix component technology incorporated into the DSA allows it to be pro-
grammed with up to 48 function blocks to execute simple logic locally. This functionality can
be used to solve high-speed applications, controlled shut down, or other local operations.
DeviceLogix capability in the DSA module can be configured with RSNetworx 3.00 or later.

Product Selection
y Removable connectors
y Slender 22.5 mm wide profile
y Screw or DIN Rail mounting
y Rotary node address switches
y DeviceNet address settable via hardware or software — no need to adjust rotary node address switches

No. of Inputs No. of Outputs Cat. No.


4 (120V AC) 2 Relay (250V rated) 100-DNY41R
4 (24V DC) 2 Relay (250V rated) 100-DNY42R
4 (24V DC) 2 Solid-State (24V DC) 100-DNY42S

Specifications
Electrical Data
DeviceNet supply voltage 11…25V DC
DeviceNet input current max. 270 mA
Surge current at powerup <3 A for 5 ms
Site Conditions
Operation –25…60 °C (32…140°F)
Ambient temperature
Storage –40…85 °C (–40…185°F)
Humidity 0…95% (without condensation)
Operation 30 G, peak acceleration
Shock
Off-state 50 G, peak acceleration
Vibration resistance 2.5 G, at 10…500 Hz
DeviceNet Communication
Baud rate 125, 250, 500 kBit/s
500 m (1640 ft.) with 125 kBit/s
Distance maximum 200 m (656 ft.) with 250 kBit/s
100 m (328 ft.) with 500 kBit/s
Connection
Connection capacity: (dependent on wire type) 0.25…2.5 mm2/0.25…2.5 mm2/24…12 AWG
Wire type min. 75°C
Tightening torque 0.5…0.6 Nm (4.4…5.3 lb-in)

6-98 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Bulletin_100-(DSA).qxd 04/02/2004 21:23 Page 6-99

Bulletin 100 (DSA)


Distributed Starter System
Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions

Input Specifications
Cat. Nos. 100-DNY21R, 100-DNY41R 100-DNY42R, 100-DNY42S
Inputs per device 4 4
On-state voltage range 80…132V AC 10… 30V DC
Off-state voltage 40V, at 60 Hz 5.5V DC
On-state current 1.2…2.0 mA 3 mA, at 10V (min)…11 mA, at 30V
Off-state current 0.6 mA min. 1.5 mA max.
Voltage 40…79V AC 5…10V DC
Transition
Current 0.6…1.2 mA 1.5…3 mA
Voltage — 19…25V DC
Sensor Source
Current — 35 mA

Output Specifications
100-DNY41R, 100-DNY42R 100-DNY42S
Cat. No. (Relay Outputs) (Transistor Outputs)
Outputs per device 2 2
Voltage range max. 240V AC, 30V DC 15…30V DC, ±0.0%
3600 VA
Switching capacity max. UL: B 300 —
IEC: AC-15: 5 A
Thermal continuous current per output max. 5A —
On-State voltage drop max. — 0.25V at 2 A
On-State current per output max. — 2A
Maximum off-state leakage current — 1.5 mA
Surge current per output — 4 A for 50 ms

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 6-99


Bulletin_100-(DSA).qxd 11/02/2004 20:56 Page 6-100

Bulletin 100 (DSA)


Distributed Starter System
Notes

6-100 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

You might also like